kernel/linux
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/stable/linux.git/ synced 2026-11-15 19:56:03 +00:00
Code Issues Releases Packages Activity
linux/net/core/devlink.c

6963 lines
177 KiB
Raw Normal View History

treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 152 Based on 1 normalized pattern(s): this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the gnu general public license as published by the free software foundation either version 2 of the license or at your option any later version extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier GPL-2.0-or-later has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 3029 file(s). Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net> Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190527070032.746973796@linutronix.de Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2019-05-27 08:55:01 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
net: devlink: add port type spinlock Add spinlock to protect port type and type_dev pointer consistency. Without that, userspace may see inconsistent type and type_dev combinations. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> v1->v2: - rebased Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-24 11:14:37 +01:00
devlink: Change devlink health locking mechanism The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already held. With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock only to protect access to shared reporters list. Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while being used. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-29 12:41:45 +03:00
devlink: add warning in case driver does not set port type Prevent misbehavior of drivers who would not set port type for longer period of time. Drivers should always set port type. Do WARN if that happens. Note that it is perfectly fine to temporarily not have the type set, during initialization and port type change. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-23 10:43:35 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: add hardware messages tracing facility Define a tracepoint and allow user to trace messages going to and from hardware associated with devlink instance. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-12 18:05:03 +02:00
devlink: Add Ethernet header for dpipe This will be used by the IPv4 host table which will be introduced in the following patches. This header is global and can be reused by many drivers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-24 08:39:59 +02:00
devlink: Maintain consistency in mac field name IPv4 name uses "destination ip" as does the IPv6 patch set. Make the mac field consistent. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-30 17:07:30 -07:00
devlink: Add Ethernet header for dpipe This will be used by the IPv4 host table which will be introduced in the following patches. This header is global and can be reused by many drivers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-24 08:39:59 +02:00
devlink: Add IPv4 header for dpipe This will be used by the IPv4 host table which will be introduced in the following patches. This header is global and can be reused by many drivers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-24 08:40:00 +02:00
devlink: Add IPv6 header for dpipe This will be used by the IPv6 host table which will be introduced in the following patches. The fields in the header are added per-use. This header is global and can be reused by many drivers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-31 17:59:12 +02:00
devlink: add hardware messages tracing facility Define a tracepoint and allow user to trace messages going to and from hardware associated with devlink instance. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-12 18:05:03 +02:00
devlink: add hardware errors tracing facility Define a tracepoint and allow user to trace messages in case of an hardware error code for hardware associated with devlink instance. Signed-off-by: Nir Dotan <nird@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-04 18:47:45 +00:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Fix list access without lock while reading region While finding the devlink device during region reading, devlink device list is accessed and devlink device is returned without holding a lock. This could lead to use-after-free accesses. While at it, add lockdep assert to ensure that all future callers hold the lock when calling devlink_get_from_attrs(). Fixes: 4e54795a27f5 ("devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command") Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-12 14:24:08 -06:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Add support for creating and destroying regions This allows a device to register its supported address regions. Each address region can be accessed directly for example reading the snapshots taken of this address space. Drivers are not limited in the name selection for different regions. An example of a region-name can be: pci cr-space, register-space. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:08 +03:00
devlink: Add support for creating region snapshots Each device address region can store multiple snapshots, each snapshot is identified using a different numerical ID. This ID is used when deleting a snapshot or showing an address region specific snapshot. This patch exposes a callback to add a new snapshot to an address region. The snapshot will be deleted using the destructor function when destroying a region or when a snapshot delete command from devlink user tool. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:10 +03:00
devlink: Add support for creating and destroying regions This allows a device to register its supported address regions. Each address region can be accessed directly for example reading the snapshots taken of this address space. Drivers are not limited in the name selection for different regions. An example of a region-name can be: pci cr-space, register-space. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:08 +03:00
devlink: Add support for creating region snapshots Each device address region can store multiple snapshots, each snapshot is identified using a different numerical ID. This ID is used when deleting a snapshot or showing an address region specific snapshot. This patch exposes a callback to add a new snapshot to an address region. The snapshot will be deleted using the destructor function when destroying a region or when a snapshot delete command from devlink user tool. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:10 +03:00
devlink: share user_ptr pointer for both devlink and devlink_port Ptr to devlink structure can be easily obtained from devlink_port->devlink. So share user_ptr[0] pointer for both and leave user_ptr[1] free for other users. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-08 19:12:48 +02:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
devlink: share user_ptr pointer for both devlink and devlink_port Ptr to devlink structure can be easily obtained from devlink_port->devlink. So share user_ptr[0] pointer for both and leave user_ptr[1] free for other users. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-08 19:12:48 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: share user_ptr pointer for both devlink and devlink_port Ptr to devlink structure can be easily obtained from devlink_port->devlink. So share user_ptr[0] pointer for both and leave user_ptr[1] free for other users. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-08 19:12:48 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
genetlink: statically initialize families Instead of providing macros/inline functions to initialize the families, make all users initialize them statically and get rid of the macros. This reduces the kernel code size by about 1.6k on x86-64 (with allyesconfig). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-24 14:40:03 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: introduce devlink_port_attrs_set Change existing setter for split port information into more generic attrs setter. Alongside with that, allow to set port number and subport number for split ports. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-18 09:29:00 +02:00
devlink: extend attrs_set for setting port flavours Devlink ports can have specific flavour according to the purpose of use. This patch extend attrs_set so the driver can say which flavour port has. Initial flavours are: physical, cpu, dsa User can query this to see right away what is the purpose of each port. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-18 09:29:01 +02:00
devlink: Introduce PCI PF port flavour and port attribute In an eswitch, PCI PF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with PF and a representor netdevice, introduce a PCI PF port flavour and port attriute. When devlink port flavour is PCI PF, fill up PCI PF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF number on best effort basis. So that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. $ devlink port show pci/0000:05:00.0/0: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf pfnum 0 Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:37 -05:00
devlink: Introduce PCI VF port flavour and port attribute In an eswitch, PCI VF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with VF, and its representor netdevice, introduce a PCI VF port flavour. When devlink port flavour is PCI VF, fill up PCI VF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF and VF number scheme on best effort basis, so that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. $ devlink port show pci/0000:05:00.0/0: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf pfnum 0 pci/0000:05:00.0/1: type eth netdev eth1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 0 pci/0000:05:00.0/2: type eth netdev eth2 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:38 -05:00
devlink: Introduce PCI PF port flavour and port attribute In an eswitch, PCI PF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with PF and a representor netdevice, introduce a PCI PF port flavour and port attriute. When devlink port flavour is PCI PF, fill up PCI PF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF number on best effort basis. So that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. $ devlink port show pci/0000:05:00.0/0: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf pfnum 0 Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:37 -05:00
devlink: Return physical port fields only for applicable port flavours Physical port number and split group fields are applicable only to physical port flavours such as PHYSICAL, CPU and DSA. Hence limit returning those values in netlink response to such port flavours. Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:36 -05:00
devlink: Refactor physical port attributes To support additional devlink port flavours and to support few common and few different port attributes, move physical port attributes to a different structure. Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:35 -05:00
devlink: introduce devlink_port_attrs_set Change existing setter for split port information into more generic attrs setter. Alongside with that, allow to set port number and subport number for split ports. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-18 09:29:00 +02:00
devlink: Refactor physical port attributes To support additional devlink port flavours and to support few common and few different port attributes, move physical port attributes to a different structure. Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:35 -05:00
devlink: introduce devlink_port_attrs_set Change existing setter for split port information into more generic attrs setter. Alongside with that, allow to set port number and subport number for split ports. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-18 09:29:00 +02:00
devlink: Refactor physical port attributes To support additional devlink port flavours and to support few common and few different port attributes, move physical port attributes to a different structure. Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:35 -05:00
devlink: introduce devlink_port_attrs_set Change existing setter for split port information into more generic attrs setter. Alongside with that, allow to set port number and subport number for split ports. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-18 09:29:00 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
net: devlink: add port type spinlock Add spinlock to protect port type and type_dev pointer consistency. Without that, userspace may see inconsistent type and type_dev combinations. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> v1->v2: - rebased Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-24 11:14:37 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
net: devlink: add port type spinlock Add spinlock to protect port type and type_dev pointer consistency. Without that, userspace may see inconsistent type and type_dev combinations. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> v1->v2: - rebased Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-24 11:14:37 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
net: devlink: add port type spinlock Add spinlock to protect port type and type_dev pointer consistency. Without that, userspace may see inconsistent type and type_dev combinations. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> v1->v2: - rebased Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-24 11:14:37 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
net: devlink: add port type spinlock Add spinlock to protect port type and type_dev pointer consistency. Without that, userspace may see inconsistent type and type_dev combinations. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> v1->v2: - rebased Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-24 11:14:37 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
net: devlink: add port type spinlock Add spinlock to protect port type and type_dev pointer consistency. Without that, userspace may see inconsistent type and type_dev combinations. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> v1->v2: - rebased Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-24 11:14:37 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
net: devlink: add port type spinlock Add spinlock to protect port type and type_dev pointer consistency. Without that, userspace may see inconsistent type and type_dev combinations. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> v1->v2: - rebased Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-24 11:14:37 +01:00
devlink: introduce devlink_port_attrs_set Change existing setter for split port information into more generic attrs setter. Alongside with that, allow to set port number and subport number for split ports. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-18 09:29:00 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
net: devlink: add port type spinlock Add spinlock to protect port type and type_dev pointer consistency. Without that, userspace may see inconsistent type and type_dev combinations. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> v1->v2: - rebased Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-24 11:14:37 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: share user_ptr pointer for both devlink and devlink_port Ptr to devlink structure can be easily obtained from devlink_port->devlink. So share user_ptr[0] pointer for both and leave user_ptr[1] free for other users. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-08 19:12:48 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: require non-NULL ops for devlink instances Commit 76726ccb7f46 ("devlink: add flash update command") and commit 2d8dc5bbf4e7 ("devlink: Add support for reload") access devlink ops without NULL-checking. There is, however, no driver which would pass in NULL ops, so let's just make that a requirement. Remove the now unnecessary NULL-checking. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-25 19:34:07 -08:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Prevent port_type_set() callback when it's not needed When a port_type_set() is been called and the new port type set is the same as the old one, just return success. Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-23 17:43:05 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: share user_ptr pointer for both devlink and devlink_port Ptr to devlink structure can be easily obtained from devlink_port->devlink. So share user_ptr[0] pointer for both and leave user_ptr[1] free for other users. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-08 19:12:48 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Add extack to reload and port_{un, }split operations Add extack argument to reload, port_split and port_unsplit operations. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-06-05 08:14:09 -07:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: require non-NULL ops for devlink instances Commit 76726ccb7f46 ("devlink: add flash update command") and commit 2d8dc5bbf4e7 ("devlink: Add support for reload") access devlink ops without NULL-checking. There is, however, no driver which would pass in NULL ops, so let's just make that a requirement. Remove the now unnecessary NULL-checking. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-25 19:34:07 -08:00
devlink: Add extack to reload and port_{un, }split operations Add extack argument to reload, port_split and port_unsplit operations. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-06-05 08:14:09 -07:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Add extack to reload and port_{un, }split operations Add extack argument to reload, port_split and port_unsplit operations. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-06-05 08:14:09 -07:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Add extack to reload and port_{un, }split operations Add extack argument to reload, port_split and port_unsplit operations. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-06-05 08:14:09 -07:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: require non-NULL ops for devlink instances Commit 76726ccb7f46 ("devlink: add flash update command") and commit 2d8dc5bbf4e7 ("devlink: Add support for reload") access devlink ops without NULL-checking. There is, however, no driver which would pass in NULL ops, so let's just make that a requirement. Remove the now unnecessary NULL-checking. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-25 19:34:07 -08:00
devlink: Add extack to reload and port_{un, }split operations Add extack argument to reload, port_split and port_unsplit operations. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-06-05 08:14:09 -07:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Add extack to reload and port_{un, }split operations Add extack argument to reload, port_split and port_unsplit operations. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-06-05 08:14:09 -07:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
net: devlink: report cell size of shared buffers Shared buffer allocation is usually done in cell increments. Drivers will either round up the allocation or refuse the configuration if it's not an exact multiple of cell size. Drivers know exactly the cell size of shared buffer, so help out users by providing this information in dumps. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-01 17:56:28 -08:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: require non-NULL ops for devlink instances Commit 76726ccb7f46 ("devlink: add flash update command") and commit 2d8dc5bbf4e7 ("devlink: Add support for reload") access devlink ops without NULL-checking. There is, however, no driver which would pass in NULL ops, so let's just make that a requirement. Remove the now unnecessary NULL-checking. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-25 19:34:07 -08:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: require non-NULL ops for devlink instances Commit 76726ccb7f46 ("devlink: add flash update command") and commit 2d8dc5bbf4e7 ("devlink: Add support for reload") access devlink ops without NULL-checking. There is, however, no driver which would pass in NULL ops, so let's just make that a requirement. Remove the now unnecessary NULL-checking. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-25 19:34:07 -08:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
net: devlink: Add extack to shared buffer operations Add extack to shared buffer set operations, so that meaningful error messages could be propagated to the user. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-22 12:08:39 +00:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: require non-NULL ops for devlink instances Commit 76726ccb7f46 ("devlink: add flash update command") and commit 2d8dc5bbf4e7 ("devlink: Add support for reload") access devlink ops without NULL-checking. There is, however, no driver which would pass in NULL ops, so let's just make that a requirement. Remove the now unnecessary NULL-checking. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-25 19:34:07 -08:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
net: devlink: Add extack to shared buffer operations Add extack to shared buffer set operations, so that meaningful error messages could be propagated to the user. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-22 12:08:39 +00:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
net: devlink: Add extack to shared buffer operations Add extack to shared buffer set operations, so that meaningful error messages could be propagated to the user. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-22 12:08:39 +00:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: implement shared buffer occupancy monitoring interface User needs to monitor shared buffer occupancy. For that, he issues a snapshot command in order to instruct hardware to catch current and maximal occupancy values, and clear command in order to clear the historical maximal values. Also port-pool and tc-pool-bind command response messages are extended to carry occupancy values. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:14 +02:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: implement shared buffer occupancy monitoring interface User needs to monitor shared buffer occupancy. For that, he issues a snapshot command in order to instruct hardware to catch current and maximal occupancy values, and clear command in order to clear the historical maximal values. Also port-pool and tc-pool-bind command response messages are extended to carry occupancy values. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:14 +02:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: implement shared buffer occupancy monitoring interface User needs to monitor shared buffer occupancy. For that, he issues a snapshot command in order to instruct hardware to catch current and maximal occupancy values, and clear command in order to clear the historical maximal values. Also port-pool and tc-pool-bind command response messages are extended to carry occupancy values. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:14 +02:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: require non-NULL ops for devlink instances Commit 76726ccb7f46 ("devlink: add flash update command") and commit 2d8dc5bbf4e7 ("devlink: Add support for reload") access devlink ops without NULL-checking. There is, however, no driver which would pass in NULL ops, so let's just make that a requirement. Remove the now unnecessary NULL-checking. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-25 19:34:07 -08:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: require non-NULL ops for devlink instances Commit 76726ccb7f46 ("devlink: add flash update command") and commit 2d8dc5bbf4e7 ("devlink: Add support for reload") access devlink ops without NULL-checking. There is, however, no driver which would pass in NULL ops, so let's just make that a requirement. Remove the now unnecessary NULL-checking. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-25 19:34:07 -08:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
net: devlink: Add extack to shared buffer operations Add extack to shared buffer set operations, so that meaningful error messages could be propagated to the user. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-22 12:08:39 +00:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: require non-NULL ops for devlink instances Commit 76726ccb7f46 ("devlink: add flash update command") and commit 2d8dc5bbf4e7 ("devlink: Add support for reload") access devlink ops without NULL-checking. There is, however, no driver which would pass in NULL ops, so let's just make that a requirement. Remove the now unnecessary NULL-checking. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-25 19:34:07 -08:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
net: devlink: Add extack to shared buffer operations Add extack to shared buffer set operations, so that meaningful error messages could be propagated to the user. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-22 12:08:39 +00:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
net: devlink: Add extack to shared buffer operations Add extack to shared buffer set operations, so that meaningful error messages could be propagated to the user. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-22 12:08:39 +00:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: implement shared buffer occupancy monitoring interface User needs to monitor shared buffer occupancy. For that, he issues a snapshot command in order to instruct hardware to catch current and maximal occupancy values, and clear command in order to clear the historical maximal values. Also port-pool and tc-pool-bind command response messages are extended to carry occupancy values. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:14 +02:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: implement shared buffer occupancy monitoring interface User needs to monitor shared buffer occupancy. For that, he issues a snapshot command in order to instruct hardware to catch current and maximal occupancy values, and clear command in order to clear the historical maximal values. Also port-pool and tc-pool-bind command response messages are extended to carry occupancy values. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:14 +02:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: implement shared buffer occupancy monitoring interface User needs to monitor shared buffer occupancy. For that, he issues a snapshot command in order to instruct hardware to catch current and maximal occupancy values, and clear command in order to clear the historical maximal values. Also port-pool and tc-pool-bind command response messages are extended to carry occupancy values. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:14 +02:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: require non-NULL ops for devlink instances Commit 76726ccb7f46 ("devlink: add flash update command") and commit 2d8dc5bbf4e7 ("devlink: Add support for reload") access devlink ops without NULL-checking. There is, however, no driver which would pass in NULL ops, so let's just make that a requirement. Remove the now unnecessary NULL-checking. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-25 19:34:07 -08:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: require non-NULL ops for devlink instances Commit 76726ccb7f46 ("devlink: add flash update command") and commit 2d8dc5bbf4e7 ("devlink: Add support for reload") access devlink ops without NULL-checking. There is, however, no driver which would pass in NULL ops, so let's just make that a requirement. Remove the now unnecessary NULL-checking. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-25 19:34:07 -08:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
net: devlink: Add extack to shared buffer operations Add extack to shared buffer set operations, so that meaningful error messages could be propagated to the user. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-22 12:08:39 +00:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: require non-NULL ops for devlink instances Commit 76726ccb7f46 ("devlink: add flash update command") and commit 2d8dc5bbf4e7 ("devlink: Add support for reload") access devlink ops without NULL-checking. There is, however, no driver which would pass in NULL ops, so let's just make that a requirement. Remove the now unnecessary NULL-checking. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-25 19:34:07 -08:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
net: devlink: Add extack to shared buffer operations Add extack to shared buffer set operations, so that meaningful error messages could be propagated to the user. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-22 12:08:39 +00:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
net: devlink: Add extack to shared buffer operations Add extack to shared buffer set operations, so that meaningful error messages could be propagated to the user. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-22 12:08:39 +00:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: implement shared buffer occupancy monitoring interface User needs to monitor shared buffer occupancy. For that, he issues a snapshot command in order to instruct hardware to catch current and maximal occupancy values, and clear command in order to clear the historical maximal values. Also port-pool and tc-pool-bind command response messages are extended to carry occupancy values. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:14 +02:00
devlink: require non-NULL ops for devlink instances Commit 76726ccb7f46 ("devlink: add flash update command") and commit 2d8dc5bbf4e7 ("devlink: Add support for reload") access devlink ops without NULL-checking. There is, however, no driver which would pass in NULL ops, so let's just make that a requirement. Remove the now unnecessary NULL-checking. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-25 19:34:07 -08:00
devlink: implement shared buffer occupancy monitoring interface User needs to monitor shared buffer occupancy. For that, he issues a snapshot command in order to instruct hardware to catch current and maximal occupancy values, and clear command in order to clear the historical maximal values. Also port-pool and tc-pool-bind command response messages are extended to carry occupancy values. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:14 +02:00
devlink: require non-NULL ops for devlink instances Commit 76726ccb7f46 ("devlink: add flash update command") and commit 2d8dc5bbf4e7 ("devlink: Add support for reload") access devlink ops without NULL-checking. There is, however, no driver which would pass in NULL ops, so let's just make that a requirement. Remove the now unnecessary NULL-checking. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-25 19:34:07 -08:00
devlink: implement shared buffer occupancy monitoring interface User needs to monitor shared buffer occupancy. For that, he issues a snapshot command in order to instruct hardware to catch current and maximal occupancy values, and clear command in order to clear the historical maximal values. Also port-pool and tc-pool-bind command response messages are extended to carry occupancy values. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:14 +02:00
devlink: rename devlink_eswitch_fill to devlink_nl_eswitch_fill Be aligned with the rest of the file and name the helper function accordingly. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-09 15:54:34 +01:00
net/devlink: Add E-Switch mode control Add the commands to set and show the mode of SRIOV E-Switch, two modes are supported: * legacy: operating in the "old" L2 based mode (DMAC --> VF vport) * switchdev: the E-Switch is referred to as whitebox switch configured using standard tools such as tc, bridge, openvswitch etc. To allow working with the tools, for each VF, a VF representor netdevice is created by the E-Switch manager vendor device driver instance (e.g PF). Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-01 14:51:01 +03:00
devlink: Add E-Switch inline mode control Some HWs need the VF driver to put part of the packet headers on the TX descriptor so the e-switch can do proper matching and steering. The supported modes: none, link, network, transport. Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-22 23:09:57 +02:00
net/mlx5: Declare more strictly devlink encap mode Devlink has UAPI declaration for encap mode, so there is no need to be loose on the data get/set by drivers. Update call sites to use enum devlink_eswitch_encap_mode instead of plain u8. Suggested-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Petr Vorel <pvorel@suse.cz>
2019-06-12 15:20:11 +03:00
net/devlink: Add E-Switch mode control Add the commands to set and show the mode of SRIOV E-Switch, two modes are supported: * legacy: operating in the "old" L2 based mode (DMAC --> VF vport) * switchdev: the E-Switch is referred to as whitebox switch configured using standard tools such as tc, bridge, openvswitch etc. To allow working with the tools, for each VF, a VF representor netdevice is created by the E-Switch manager vendor device driver instance (e.g PF). Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-01 14:51:01 +03:00
devlink: Add E-Switch inline mode control Some HWs need the VF driver to put part of the packet headers on the TX descriptor so the e-switch can do proper matching and steering. The supported modes: none, link, network, transport. Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-22 23:09:57 +02:00
net/devlink: Add E-Switch mode control Add the commands to set and show the mode of SRIOV E-Switch, two modes are supported: * legacy: operating in the "old" L2 based mode (DMAC --> VF vport) * switchdev: the E-Switch is referred to as whitebox switch configured using standard tools such as tc, bridge, openvswitch etc. To allow working with the tools, for each VF, a VF representor netdevice is created by the E-Switch manager vendor device driver instance (e.g PF). Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-01 14:51:01 +03:00
devlink: Add E-Switch inline mode control Some HWs need the VF driver to put part of the packet headers on the TX descriptor so the e-switch can do proper matching and steering. The supported modes: none, link, network, transport. Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-22 23:09:57 +02:00
devlink: use nla_put_failure goto label instead of out Be aligned with the rest of the code and use label named nla_put_failure. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-09 15:54:35 +01:00
net/devlink: Add E-Switch mode control Add the commands to set and show the mode of SRIOV E-Switch, two modes are supported: * legacy: operating in the "old" L2 based mode (DMAC --> VF vport) * switchdev: the E-Switch is referred to as whitebox switch configured using standard tools such as tc, bridge, openvswitch etc. To allow working with the tools, for each VF, a VF representor netdevice is created by the E-Switch manager vendor device driver instance (e.g PF). Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-01 14:51:01 +03:00
devlink: allow to fillup eswitch attrs even if mode_get op does not exist Even when mode_get op is not present, other eswitch attrs need to be filled-up. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-09 15:54:36 +01:00
devlink: Add E-Switch inline mode control Some HWs need the VF driver to put part of the packet headers on the TX descriptor so the e-switch can do proper matching and steering. The supported modes: none, link, network, transport. Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-22 23:09:57 +02:00
devlink: use nla_put_failure goto label instead of out Be aligned with the rest of the code and use label named nla_put_failure. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-09 15:54:35 +01:00
devlink: Add E-Switch inline mode control Some HWs need the VF driver to put part of the packet headers on the TX descriptor so the e-switch can do proper matching and steering. The supported modes: none, link, network, transport. Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-22 23:09:57 +02:00
devlink: use nla_put_failure goto label instead of out Be aligned with the rest of the code and use label named nla_put_failure. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-09 15:54:35 +01:00
devlink: Add E-Switch inline mode control Some HWs need the VF driver to put part of the packet headers on the TX descriptor so the e-switch can do proper matching and steering. The supported modes: none, link, network, transport. Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-22 23:09:57 +02:00
net/devlink: Add E-Switch mode control Add the commands to set and show the mode of SRIOV E-Switch, two modes are supported: * legacy: operating in the "old" L2 based mode (DMAC --> VF vport) * switchdev: the E-Switch is referred to as whitebox switch configured using standard tools such as tc, bridge, openvswitch etc. To allow working with the tools, for each VF, a VF representor netdevice is created by the E-Switch manager vendor device driver instance (e.g PF). Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-01 14:51:01 +03:00
net/devlink: Add E-Switch encapsulation control This is an e-switch global knob to enable HW support for applying encapsulation/decapsulation to VF traffic as part of SRIOV e-switch offloading. The actual encap/decap is carried out (along with the matching and other actions) per offloaded e-switch rules, e.g as done when offloading the TC tunnel key action. Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2016-09-25 13:52:44 +03:00
net/devlink: Add E-Switch mode control Add the commands to set and show the mode of SRIOV E-Switch, two modes are supported: * legacy: operating in the "old" L2 based mode (DMAC --> VF vport) * switchdev: the E-Switch is referred to as whitebox switch configured using standard tools such as tc, bridge, openvswitch etc. To allow working with the tools, for each VF, a VF representor netdevice is created by the E-Switch manager vendor device driver instance (e.g PF). Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-01 14:51:01 +03:00
devlink: use nla_put_failure goto label instead of out Be aligned with the rest of the code and use label named nla_put_failure. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-09 15:54:35 +01:00
net/devlink: Add E-Switch mode control Add the commands to set and show the mode of SRIOV E-Switch, two modes are supported: * legacy: operating in the "old" L2 based mode (DMAC --> VF vport) * switchdev: the E-Switch is referred to as whitebox switch configured using standard tools such as tc, bridge, openvswitch etc. To allow working with the tools, for each VF, a VF representor netdevice is created by the E-Switch manager vendor device driver instance (e.g PF). Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-01 14:51:01 +03:00
devlink: Add E-Switch inline mode control Some HWs need the VF driver to put part of the packet headers on the TX descriptor so the e-switch can do proper matching and steering. The supported modes: none, link, network, transport. Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-22 23:09:57 +02:00
net/devlink: Add E-Switch mode control Add the commands to set and show the mode of SRIOV E-Switch, two modes are supported: * legacy: operating in the "old" L2 based mode (DMAC --> VF vport) * switchdev: the E-Switch is referred to as whitebox switch configured using standard tools such as tc, bridge, openvswitch etc. To allow working with the tools, for each VF, a VF representor netdevice is created by the E-Switch manager vendor device driver instance (e.g PF). Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-01 14:51:01 +03:00
devlink: fix the name of eswitch commands The eswitch_[gs]et command is supposed to be similar to port_[gs]et command - for multiple eswitch attributes. However, when it was introduced by 08f4b5918b2d ("net/devlink: Add E-Switch mode control") it was wrongly named with the word "mode" in it. So fix this now, make the oririnal enum value existing but obsolete. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-09 15:54:33 +01:00
net/devlink: Add E-Switch mode control Add the commands to set and show the mode of SRIOV E-Switch, two modes are supported: * legacy: operating in the "old" L2 based mode (DMAC --> VF vport) * switchdev: the E-Switch is referred to as whitebox switch configured using standard tools such as tc, bridge, openvswitch etc. To allow working with the tools, for each VF, a VF representor netdevice is created by the E-Switch manager vendor device driver instance (e.g PF). Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-01 14:51:01 +03:00
devlink: rename devlink_eswitch_fill to devlink_nl_eswitch_fill Be aligned with the rest of the file and name the helper function accordingly. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-09 15:54:34 +01:00
net/devlink: Add E-Switch mode control Add the commands to set and show the mode of SRIOV E-Switch, two modes are supported: * legacy: operating in the "old" L2 based mode (DMAC --> VF vport) * switchdev: the E-Switch is referred to as whitebox switch configured using standard tools such as tc, bridge, openvswitch etc. To allow working with the tools, for each VF, a VF representor netdevice is created by the E-Switch manager vendor device driver instance (e.g PF). Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-01 14:51:01 +03:00
devlink: fix the name of eswitch commands The eswitch_[gs]et command is supposed to be similar to port_[gs]et command - for multiple eswitch attributes. However, when it was introduced by 08f4b5918b2d ("net/devlink: Add E-Switch mode control") it was wrongly named with the word "mode" in it. So fix this now, make the oririnal enum value existing but obsolete. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-09 15:54:33 +01:00
net/devlink: Add E-Switch mode control Add the commands to set and show the mode of SRIOV E-Switch, two modes are supported: * legacy: operating in the "old" L2 based mode (DMAC --> VF vport) * switchdev: the E-Switch is referred to as whitebox switch configured using standard tools such as tc, bridge, openvswitch etc. To allow working with the tools, for each VF, a VF representor netdevice is created by the E-Switch manager vendor device driver instance (e.g PF). Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-01 14:51:01 +03:00
net/mlx5: Declare more strictly devlink encap mode Devlink has UAPI declaration for encap mode, so there is no need to be loose on the data get/set by drivers. Update call sites to use enum devlink_eswitch_encap_mode instead of plain u8. Suggested-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Petr Vorel <pvorel@suse.cz>
2019-06-12 15:20:11 +03:00
devlink: Add E-Switch inline mode control Some HWs need the VF driver to put part of the packet headers on the TX descriptor so the e-switch can do proper matching and steering. The supported modes: none, link, network, transport. Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-22 23:09:57 +02:00
net/devlink: Add E-Switch encapsulation control This is an e-switch global knob to enable HW support for applying encapsulation/decapsulation to VF traffic as part of SRIOV e-switch offloading. The actual encap/decap is carried out (along with the matching and other actions) per offloaded e-switch rules, e.g as done when offloading the TC tunnel key action. Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2016-09-25 13:52:44 +03:00
net/devlink: Add E-Switch mode control Add the commands to set and show the mode of SRIOV E-Switch, two modes are supported: * legacy: operating in the "old" L2 based mode (DMAC --> VF vport) * switchdev: the E-Switch is referred to as whitebox switch configured using standard tools such as tc, bridge, openvswitch etc. To allow working with the tools, for each VF, a VF representor netdevice is created by the E-Switch manager vendor device driver instance (e.g PF). Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-01 14:51:01 +03:00
devlink: Add E-Switch inline mode control Some HWs need the VF driver to put part of the packet headers on the TX descriptor so the e-switch can do proper matching and steering. The supported modes: none, link, network, transport. Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-22 23:09:57 +02:00
devlink: Add extack for eswitch operations Add extack argument to the eswitch related operations. Signed-off-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2018-08-15 16:02:18 +03:00
devlink: Add E-Switch inline mode control Some HWs need the VF driver to put part of the packet headers on the TX descriptor so the e-switch can do proper matching and steering. The supported modes: none, link, network, transport. Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-22 23:09:57 +02:00
net/devlink: Add E-Switch mode control Add the commands to set and show the mode of SRIOV E-Switch, two modes are supported: * legacy: operating in the "old" L2 based mode (DMAC --> VF vport) * switchdev: the E-Switch is referred to as whitebox switch configured using standard tools such as tc, bridge, openvswitch etc. To allow working with the tools, for each VF, a VF representor netdevice is created by the E-Switch manager vendor device driver instance (e.g PF). Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-01 14:51:01 +03:00
devlink: Add E-Switch inline mode control Some HWs need the VF driver to put part of the packet headers on the TX descriptor so the e-switch can do proper matching and steering. The supported modes: none, link, network, transport. Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-22 23:09:57 +02:00
devlink: Add extack for eswitch operations Add extack argument to the eswitch related operations. Signed-off-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2018-08-15 16:02:18 +03:00
devlink: Add E-Switch inline mode control Some HWs need the VF driver to put part of the packet headers on the TX descriptor so the e-switch can do proper matching and steering. The supported modes: none, link, network, transport. Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-22 23:09:57 +02:00
net/devlink: Add E-Switch encapsulation control This is an e-switch global knob to enable HW support for applying encapsulation/decapsulation to VF traffic as part of SRIOV e-switch offloading. The actual encap/decap is carried out (along with the matching and other actions) per offloaded e-switch rules, e.g as done when offloading the TC tunnel key action. Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2016-09-25 13:52:44 +03:00
devlink: Add extack for eswitch operations Add extack argument to the eswitch related operations. Signed-off-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2018-08-15 16:02:18 +03:00
net/devlink: Add E-Switch encapsulation control This is an e-switch global knob to enable HW support for applying encapsulation/decapsulation to VF traffic as part of SRIOV e-switch offloading. The actual encap/decap is carried out (along with the matching and other actions) per offloaded e-switch rules, e.g as done when offloading the TC tunnel key action. Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2016-09-25 13:52:44 +03:00
devlink: Add E-Switch inline mode control Some HWs need the VF driver to put part of the packet headers on the TX descriptor so the e-switch can do proper matching and steering. The supported modes: none, link, network, transport. Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-22 23:09:57 +02:00
net/devlink: Add E-Switch mode control Add the commands to set and show the mode of SRIOV E-Switch, two modes are supported: * legacy: operating in the "old" L2 based mode (DMAC --> VF vport) * switchdev: the E-Switch is referred to as whitebox switch configured using standard tools such as tc, bridge, openvswitch etc. To allow working with the tools, for each VF, a VF representor netdevice is created by the E-Switch manager vendor device driver instance (e.g PF). Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-01 14:51:01 +03:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Add support for dynamic table size Up until now the dpipe table's size was static and known at registration time. The host table does not have constant size and it is resized in dynamic manner. In order to support this behavior the size is changed to be obtained dynamically via an op. This patch also adjust the current dpipe table for the new API. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-24 08:40:02 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Add support for dynamic table size Up until now the dpipe table's size was static and known at registration time. The host table does not have constant size and it is resized in dynamic manner. In order to support this behavior the size is changed to be obtained dynamically via an op. This patch also adjust the current dpipe table for the new API. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-24 08:40:02 +02:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Add support for dynamic table size Up until now the dpipe table's size was static and known at registration time. The host table does not have constant size and it is resized in dynamic manner. In order to support this behavior the size is changed to be obtained dynamically via an op. This patch also adjust the current dpipe table for the new API. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-24 08:40:02 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Add relation between dpipe and resource The hardware processes which are modeled via dpipe commonly use some internal hardware resources. Such relation can improve the understanding of hardware limitations. The number of resource's unit consumed per table's entry are also provided for each table. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:05 +01:00
devlink: Fix resource coverity errors Fix resource coverity errors. Fixes: d9f9b9a4d05f ("devlink: Add support for resource abstraction") Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-26 18:25:42 +02:00
devlink: Add relation between dpipe and resource The hardware processes which are modeled via dpipe commonly use some internal hardware resources. Such relation can improve the understanding of hardware limitations. The number of resource's unit consumed per table's entry are also provided for each table. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:05 +01:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: fix potential memort leak We must free allocated skb when genlmsg_put() return fails. Fixes: 1555d204e743 ("devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe)") Signed-off-by: Haishuang Yan <yanhaishuang@cmss.chinamobile.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-05 08:57:21 +08:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: fix potential memort leak We must free allocated skb when genlmsg_put() return fails. Fixes: 1555d204e743 ("devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe)") Signed-off-by: Haishuang Yan <yanhaishuang@cmss.chinamobile.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-05 08:57:21 +08:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Remove redundant free on error path The current code performs unneeded free. Remove the redundant skb freeing during the error path. Fixes: 1555d204e743 ("devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe)") Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-18 17:37:22 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Move dpipe entry clear function into devlink The entry clear routine can be shared between the drivers, thus it is moved inside devlink. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-24 08:40:03 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Remove redundant free on error path The current code performs unneeded free. Remove the redundant skb freeing during the error path. Fixes: 1555d204e743 ("devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe)") Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-18 17:37:22 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Remove redundant free on error path The current code performs unneeded free. Remove the redundant skb freeing during the error path. Fixes: 1555d204e743 ("devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe)") Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-18 17:37:22 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: fix return value check in devlink_dpipe_header_put() Fix the return value check which testing the wrong variable in devlink_dpipe_header_put(). Fixes: 1555d204e743 ("devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe)") Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-04-11 16:02:02 +00:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: fix potential memort leak We must free allocated skb when genlmsg_put() return fails. Fixes: 1555d204e743 ("devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe)") Signed-off-by: Haishuang Yan <yanhaishuang@cmss.chinamobile.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-05 08:57:21 +08:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: fix potential memort leak We must free allocated skb when genlmsg_put() return fails. Fixes: 1555d204e743 ("devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe)") Signed-off-by: Haishuang Yan <yanhaishuang@cmss.chinamobile.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-05 08:57:21 +08:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Remove redundant free on error path The current code performs unneeded free. Remove the redundant skb freeing during the error path. Fixes: 1555d204e743 ("devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe)") Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-18 17:37:22 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Make some functions static Fixes the following sparse warnings: net/core/devlink.c:2297:25: warning: symbol 'devlink_resource_find' was not declared. Should it be static? net/core/devlink.c:2322:6: warning: symbol 'devlink_resource_validate_children' was not declared. Should it be static? Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-17 03:27:42 +00:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
devlink: Make some functions static Fixes the following sparse warnings: net/core/devlink.c:2297:25: warning: symbol 'devlink_resource_find' was not declared. Should it be static? net/core/devlink.c:2322:6: warning: symbol 'devlink_resource_validate_children' was not declared. Should it be static? Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-17 03:27:42 +00:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
devlink: Compare to size_new in case of resource child validation The current implementation checks the combined size of the children with the 'size' of the parent. The correct behavior is to check the combined size vs the pending change and to compare vs the 'size_new'. Fixes: d9f9b9a4d05f ("devlink: Add support for resource abstraction") Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Tested-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-26 10:59:53 +01:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
devlink: Move size validation to core Currently the size validation is done via a cb, which is unneeded. The size validation can be moved to core. The next patch will perform cleanup. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-20 08:44:20 +01:00
Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net All of the conflicts were cases of overlapping changes. In net/core/devlink.c, we have to make care that the resouce size_params have become a struct member rather than a pointer to such an object. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-06 00:53:44 -05:00
devlink: Move size validation to core Currently the size validation is done via a cb, which is unneeded. The size validation can be moved to core. The next patch will perform cleanup. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-20 08:44:20 +01:00
Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net All of the conflicts were cases of overlapping changes. In net/core/devlink.c, we have to make care that the resouce size_params have become a struct member rather than a pointer to such an object. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-06 00:53:44 -05:00
devlink: Move size validation to core Currently the size validation is done via a cb, which is unneeded. The size validation can be moved to core. The next patch will perform cleanup. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-20 08:44:20 +01:00
Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net All of the conflicts were cases of overlapping changes. In net/core/devlink.c, we have to make care that the resouce size_params have become a struct member rather than a pointer to such an object. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-06 00:53:44 -05:00
devlink: Move size validation to core Currently the size validation is done via a cb, which is unneeded. The size validation can be moved to core. The next patch will perform cleanup. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-20 08:44:20 +01:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
devlink: Move size validation to core Currently the size validation is done via a cb, which is unneeded. The size validation can be moved to core. The next patch will perform cleanup. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-20 08:44:20 +01:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
devlink: Fix resource coverity errors Fix resource coverity errors. Fixes: d9f9b9a4d05f ("devlink: Add support for resource abstraction") Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-26 18:25:42 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
mlxsw: spectrum: Fix handling of resource_size_param Current code uses global variables, adjusts them and passes pointer down to devlink. With every other mlxsw_core instance, the previously passed pointer values are rewritten. Fix this by de-globalize the variables and also memcpy size_params during devlink resource registration. Also, introduce a convenient size_param_init helper. Fixes: ef3116e5403e ("mlxsw: spectrum: Register KVD resources with devlink") Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-28 13:12:09 +01:00
devlink: Fix resource coverity errors Fix resource coverity errors. Fixes: d9f9b9a4d05f ("devlink: Add support for resource abstraction") Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-26 18:25:42 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
devlink: convert occ_get op to separate registration This resolves race during initialization where the resources with ops are registered before driver and the structures used by occ_get op is initialized. So keep occ_get callbacks registered only when all structs are initialized. The example flows, as it is in mlxsw: 1) driver load/asic probe: mlxsw_core -> mlxsw_sp_resources_register -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_resources_register -> devlink_resource_register IDX mlxsw_spectrum -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_parts_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_part_init -> devlink_resource_size_get IDX (to get the current setup size from devlink) -> devlink_resource_occ_get_register IDX (register current occupancy getter) 2) reload triggered by devlink command: -> mlxsw_devlink_core_bus_device_reload -> mlxsw_sp_fini -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_fini -> devlink_resource_occ_get_unregister IDX (struct mlxsw_sp *mlxsw_sp is freed at this point, call to occ get which is using mlxsw_sp would cause use-after free) -> mlxsw_sp_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_parts_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_part_init -> devlink_resource_size_get IDX (to get the current setup size from devlink) -> devlink_resource_occ_get_register IDX (register current occupancy getter) Fixes: d9f9b9a4d05f ("devlink: Add support for resource abstraction") Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-04-05 22:13:21 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
devlink: convert occ_get op to separate registration This resolves race during initialization where the resources with ops are registered before driver and the structures used by occ_get op is initialized. So keep occ_get callbacks registered only when all structs are initialized. The example flows, as it is in mlxsw: 1) driver load/asic probe: mlxsw_core -> mlxsw_sp_resources_register -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_resources_register -> devlink_resource_register IDX mlxsw_spectrum -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_parts_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_part_init -> devlink_resource_size_get IDX (to get the current setup size from devlink) -> devlink_resource_occ_get_register IDX (register current occupancy getter) 2) reload triggered by devlink command: -> mlxsw_devlink_core_bus_device_reload -> mlxsw_sp_fini -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_fini -> devlink_resource_occ_get_unregister IDX (struct mlxsw_sp *mlxsw_sp is freed at this point, call to occ get which is using mlxsw_sp would cause use-after free) -> mlxsw_sp_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_parts_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_part_init -> devlink_resource_size_get IDX (to get the current setup size from devlink) -> devlink_resource_occ_get_register IDX (register current occupancy getter) Fixes: d9f9b9a4d05f ("devlink: Add support for resource abstraction") Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-04-05 22:13:21 +02:00
devlink: Fix resource coverity errors Fix resource coverity errors. Fixes: d9f9b9a4d05f ("devlink: Add support for resource abstraction") Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-26 18:25:42 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
devlink: double free in devlink_resource_fill() Smatch reports that devlink_dpipe_send_and_alloc_skb() frees the skb on error so this is a double free. We fixed a bunch of these bugs in commit 7fe4d6dcbcb4 ("devlink: Remove redundant free on error path") but we accidentally overlooked this one. Fixes: d9f9b9a4d05f ("devlink: Add support for resource abstraction") Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-09-21 11:07:55 +03:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
devlink: Add support for reload Add support for performing driver hot reload. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:04 +01:00
devlink: Add extack to reload and port_{un, }split operations Add extack argument to reload, port_split and port_unsplit operations. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-06-05 08:14:09 -07:00
devlink: Add support for reload Add support for performing driver hot reload. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:04 +01:00
devlink: allow driver to update progress of flash update Introduce a function to be called from drivers during flash. It sends notification to userspace about flash update progress. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-06-04 15:40:40 +02:00
devlink: add flash update command Add devlink flash update command. Advanced NICs have firmware stored in flash and often cryptographically secured. Updating that flash is handled by management firmware. Ethtool has a flash update command which served us well, however, it has two shortcomings: - it takes rtnl_lock unnecessarily - really flash update has nothing to do with networking, so using a networking device as a handle is suboptimal, which leads us to the second one: - it requires a functioning netdev - in case device enters an error state and can't spawn a netdev (e.g. communication with the device fails) there is no netdev to use as a handle for flashing. Devlink already has the ability to report the firmware versions, now with the ability to update the firmware/flash we will be able to recover devices in bad state. To enable updates of sub-components of the FW allow passing component name. This name should correspond to one of the versions reported in devlink info. v1: - replace target id with component name (Jiri). Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-14 13:40:44 -08:00
devlink: Add generic parameters internal_err_reset and max_macs Add 2 first generic parameters to devlink configuration parameters set: internal_err_reset - When set enables reset device on internal errors. max_macs - max number of MACs per ETH port. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:33 +03:00
devlink: Add enable_sriov boolean generic parameter enable_sriov - Enables Single-Root Input/Output Virtualization(SR-IOV) characteristic of the device. Reviewed-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:36 +03:00
devlink: Add generic parameters region_snapshot region_snapshot - When set enables capturing region snapshots Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:17 +03:00
devlink: Add generic parameter ignore_ari ignore_ari - Device ignores ARI(Alternate Routing ID) capability, even when platforms has the support and creates same number of partitions when platform does not support ARI capability. Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-04 11:13:44 +05:30
devlink: Add generic parameter msix_vec_per_pf_max msix_vec_per_pf_max - This param sets the number of MSIX vectors that the device requests from the host on driver initialization. This value is set in the device which is applicable per PF. Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-04 11:13:45 +05:30
devlink: Add generic parameter msix_vec_per_pf_min msix_vec_per_pf_min - This param sets the number of minimal MSIX vectors required for the device initialization. This value is set in the device which limits MSIX vectors per PF. Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-04 11:13:46 +05:30
devlink: Add 'fw_load_policy' generic parameter Many drivers load the device's firmware image during the initialization flow either from the flash or from the disk. Currently this option is not controlled by the user and the driver decides from where to load the firmware image. 'fw_load_policy' gives the ability to control this option which allows the user to choose between different loading policies supported by the driver. This parameter can be useful while testing and/or debugging the device. For example, testing a firmware bug fix. Signed-off-by: Shalom Toledo <shalomt@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-12-03 07:58:59 +00:00
devlink: Add generic parameters internal_err_reset and max_macs Add 2 first generic parameters to devlink configuration parameters set: internal_err_reset - When set enables reset device on internal errors. max_macs - max number of MACs per ETH port. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:33 +03:00
devlink: Add devlink_param register and unregister Define configuration parameters data structure. Add functions to register and unregister the driver supported configuration parameters table. For each parameter registered, the driver should fill all the parameter's fields. In case the only supported configuration mode is "driverinit" the parameter's get()/set() functions are not required and should be set to NULL, for any other configuration mode, these functions are required and should be set by the driver. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:28 +03:00
devlink: Add support for get/set driverinit value "driverinit" configuration mode value is held by devlink to enable the driver query the value after reload. Two additional functions added to help the driver get/set the value from/to devlink: devlink_param_driverinit_value_set() and devlink_param_driverinit_value_get(). Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:31 +03:00
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
devlink: Add param set command Add param set command to set value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:30 +03:00
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
devlink: Add port param get command Add port param get command which gets data per parameter. It also has option to dump the parameters data per port. v7->v8: Append "Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>" Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:21 +05:30
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
devlink: publish params only after driver init is done Currently, user can do dump or get of param values right after the devlink params are registered. However the driver may not be initialized which is an issue. The same problem happens during notification upon param registration. Allow driver to publish devlink params whenever it is ready to handle get() ops. Note that this cannot be resolved by init reordering, as the "driverinit" params have to be available before the driver is initialized (it needs the param values there). Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com> Cc: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:22:45 +00:00
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
devlink: publish params only after driver init is done Currently, user can do dump or get of param values right after the devlink params are registered. However the driver may not be initialized which is an issue. The same problem happens during notification upon param registration. Allow driver to publish devlink params whenever it is ready to handle get() ops. Note that this cannot be resolved by init reordering, as the "driverinit" params have to be available before the driver is initialized (it needs the param values there). Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com> Cc: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:22:45 +00:00
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
devlink: publish params only after driver init is done Currently, user can do dump or get of param values right after the devlink params are registered. However the driver may not be initialized which is an issue. The same problem happens during notification upon param registration. Allow driver to publish devlink params whenever it is ready to handle get() ops. Note that this cannot be resolved by init reordering, as the "driverinit" params have to be available before the driver is initialized (it needs the param values there). Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com> Cc: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:22:45 +00:00
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
devlink: Add port param get command Add port param get command which gets data per parameter. It also has option to dump the parameters data per port. v7->v8: Append "Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>" Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:21 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for port params Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. v7->v8: Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by devlink_param_value_changed() Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:25 +05:30
devlink: Add port param get command Add port param get command which gets data per parameter. It also has option to dump the parameters data per port. v7->v8: Append "Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>" Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:21 +05:30
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
devlink: publish params only after driver init is done Currently, user can do dump or get of param values right after the devlink params are registered. However the driver may not be initialized which is an issue. The same problem happens during notification upon param registration. Allow driver to publish devlink params whenever it is ready to handle get() ops. Note that this cannot be resolved by init reordering, as the "driverinit" params have to be available before the driver is initialized (it needs the param values there). Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com> Cc: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:22:45 +00:00
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for params Add devlink_param_notify() function to support devlink param notifications. Add notification call to devlink param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:32 +03:00
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for port params Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. v7->v8: Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by devlink_param_value_changed() Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:25 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for params Add devlink_param_notify() function to support devlink param notifications. Add notification call to devlink param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:32 +03:00
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for port params Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. v7->v8: Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by devlink_param_value_changed() Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:25 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for params Add devlink_param_notify() function to support devlink param notifications. Add notification call to devlink param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:32 +03:00
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for port params Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. v7->v8: Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by devlink_param_value_changed() Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:25 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for params Add devlink_param_notify() function to support devlink param notifications. Add notification call to devlink param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:32 +03:00
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
devlink: Add port param get command Add port param get command which gets data per parameter. It also has option to dump the parameters data per port. v7->v8: Append "Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>" Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:21 +05:30
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
devlink: Add param set command Add param set command to set value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:30 +03:00
devlink: Fix param set handling for string type In case devlink param type is string, it needs to copy the string value it got from the input to devlink_param_value. Fixes: e3b7ca18ad7b ("devlink: Add param set command") Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-10 16:09:25 +03:00
devlink: Add param set command Add param set command to set value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:30 +03:00
devlink: Fix param set handling for string type In case devlink param type is string, it needs to copy the string value it got from the input to devlink_param_value. Fixes: e3b7ca18ad7b ("devlink: Add param set command") Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-10 16:09:25 +03:00
devlink: Add helper function for safely copy string param Devlink string param buffer is allocated at the size of DEVLINK_PARAM_MAX_STRING_VALUE. Add helper function which makes sure this size is not exceeded. Renamed DEVLINK_PARAM_MAX_STRING_VALUE to __DEVLINK_PARAM_MAX_STRING_VALUE to emphasize that it should be used by devlink only. The driver should use the helper function instead to verify it doesn't exceed the allowed length. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-10 16:09:27 +03:00
devlink: Add param set command Add param set command to set value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:30 +03:00
devlink: Fix param set handling for string type In case devlink param type is string, it needs to copy the string value it got from the input to devlink_param_value. Fixes: e3b7ca18ad7b ("devlink: Add param set command") Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-10 16:09:25 +03:00
devlink: Add param set command Add param set command to set value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:30 +03:00
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
devlink: Add port param get command Add port param get command which gets data per parameter. It also has option to dump the parameters data per port. v7->v8: Append "Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>" Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:21 +05:30
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
devlink: Add port param get command Add port param get command which gets data per parameter. It also has option to dump the parameters data per port. v7->v8: Append "Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>" Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:21 +05:30
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
devlink: Add port param get command Add port param get command which gets data per parameter. It also has option to dump the parameters data per port. v7->v8: Append "Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>" Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:21 +05:30
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
devlink: Add port param get command Add port param get command which gets data per parameter. It also has option to dump the parameters data per port. v7->v8: Append "Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>" Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:21 +05:30
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
devlink: Add port param set command Add port param set command to set the value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. v7->v8: Append "Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>" Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:22 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for port params Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. v7->v8: Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by devlink_param_value_changed() Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:25 +05:30
devlink: Add port param set command Add port param set command to set the value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. v7->v8: Append "Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>" Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:22 +05:30
devlink: Add param set command Add param set command to set value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:30 +03:00
devlink: Add port param set command Add port param set command to set the value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. v7->v8: Append "Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>" Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:22 +05:30
devlink: Add param set command Add param set command to set value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:30 +03:00
devlink: Fix param cmode driverinit for string type Driverinit configuration mode value is held by devlink to enable the driver fetch the value after reload command. In case the param type is string devlink should copy the value from driver string buffer to devlink string buffer on devlink_param_driverinit_value_set() and vice-versa on devlink_param_driverinit_value_get(). Fixes: ec01aeb1803e ("devlink: Add support for get/set driverinit value") Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-10 16:09:26 +03:00
devlink: Add param set command Add param set command to set value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:30 +03:00
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for port params Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. v7->v8: Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by devlink_param_value_changed() Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:25 +05:30
devlink: Add param set command Add param set command to set value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:30 +03:00
devlink: Add port param set command Add port param set command to set the value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. v7->v8: Append "Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>" Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:22 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for port params Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. v7->v8: Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by devlink_param_value_changed() Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:25 +05:30
devlink: Add port param set command Add port param set command to set the value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. v7->v8: Append "Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>" Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:22 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink_param register and unregister Define configuration parameters data structure. Add functions to register and unregister the driver supported configuration parameters table. For each parameter registered, the driver should fill all the parameter's fields. In case the only supported configuration mode is "driverinit" the parameter's get()/set() functions are not required and should be set to NULL, for any other configuration mode, these functions are required and should be set by the driver. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:28 +03:00
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for port params Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. v7->v8: Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by devlink_param_value_changed() Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:25 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink_param for port register and unregister Add functions to register and unregister for the driver supported configuration parameters table per port. v7->v8: - Order the definitions following way as suggested by Jiri. __devlink_params_register __devlink_params_unregister devlink_params_register devlink_params_unregister devlink_port_params_register devlink_port_params_unregister - Append with Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>. v2->v3: - Add a helper __devlink_params_register() with common code used by both devlink_params_register() and devlink_port_params_register(). Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:20 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for port params Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. v7->v8: Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by devlink_param_value_changed() Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:25 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink_param register and unregister Define configuration parameters data structure. Add functions to register and unregister the driver supported configuration parameters table. For each parameter registered, the driver should fill all the parameter's fields. In case the only supported configuration mode is "driverinit" the parameter's get()/set() functions are not required and should be set to NULL, for any other configuration mode, these functions are required and should be set by the driver. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:28 +03:00
devlink: Add devlink_param for port register and unregister Add functions to register and unregister for the driver supported configuration parameters table per port. v7->v8: - Order the definitions following way as suggested by Jiri. __devlink_params_register __devlink_params_unregister devlink_params_register devlink_params_unregister devlink_port_params_register devlink_port_params_unregister - Append with Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>. v2->v3: - Add a helper __devlink_params_register() with common code used by both devlink_params_register() and devlink_port_params_register(). Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:20 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink_param register and unregister Define configuration parameters data structure. Add functions to register and unregister the driver supported configuration parameters table. For each parameter registered, the driver should fill all the parameter's fields. In case the only supported configuration mode is "driverinit" the parameter's get()/set() functions are not required and should be set to NULL, for any other configuration mode, these functions are required and should be set by the driver. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:28 +03:00
devlink: Add devlink_param for port register and unregister Add functions to register and unregister for the driver supported configuration parameters table per port. v7->v8: - Order the definitions following way as suggested by Jiri. __devlink_params_register __devlink_params_unregister devlink_params_register devlink_params_unregister devlink_port_params_register devlink_port_params_unregister - Append with Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>. v2->v3: - Add a helper __devlink_params_register() with common code used by both devlink_params_register() and devlink_port_params_register(). Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:20 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for port params Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. v7->v8: Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by devlink_param_value_changed() Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:25 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink_param register and unregister Define configuration parameters data structure. Add functions to register and unregister the driver supported configuration parameters table. For each parameter registered, the driver should fill all the parameter's fields. In case the only supported configuration mode is "driverinit" the parameter's get()/set() functions are not required and should be set to NULL, for any other configuration mode, these functions are required and should be set by the driver. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:28 +03:00
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for port params Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. v7->v8: Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by devlink_param_value_changed() Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:25 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink_param for port register and unregister Add functions to register and unregister for the driver supported configuration parameters table per port. v7->v8: - Order the definitions following way as suggested by Jiri. __devlink_params_register __devlink_params_unregister devlink_params_register devlink_params_unregister devlink_port_params_register devlink_port_params_unregister - Append with Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>. v2->v3: - Add a helper __devlink_params_register() with common code used by both devlink_params_register() and devlink_port_params_register(). Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:20 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for port params Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. v7->v8: Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by devlink_param_value_changed() Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:25 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink_param register and unregister Define configuration parameters data structure. Add functions to register and unregister the driver supported configuration parameters table. For each parameter registered, the driver should fill all the parameter's fields. In case the only supported configuration mode is "driverinit" the parameter's get()/set() functions are not required and should be set to NULL, for any other configuration mode, these functions are required and should be set by the driver. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:28 +03:00
devlink: Add devlink_param for port register and unregister Add functions to register and unregister for the driver supported configuration parameters table per port. v7->v8: - Order the definitions following way as suggested by Jiri. __devlink_params_register __devlink_params_unregister devlink_params_register devlink_params_unregister devlink_port_params_register devlink_port_params_unregister - Append with Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>. v2->v3: - Add a helper __devlink_params_register() with common code used by both devlink_params_register() and devlink_port_params_register(). Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:20 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink_param register and unregister Define configuration parameters data structure. Add functions to register and unregister the driver supported configuration parameters table. For each parameter registered, the driver should fill all the parameter's fields. In case the only supported configuration mode is "driverinit" the parameter's get()/set() functions are not required and should be set to NULL, for any other configuration mode, these functions are required and should be set by the driver. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:28 +03:00
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for port params Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. v7->v8: Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by devlink_param_value_changed() Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:25 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink_param register and unregister Define configuration parameters data structure. Add functions to register and unregister the driver supported configuration parameters table. For each parameter registered, the driver should fill all the parameter's fields. In case the only supported configuration mode is "driverinit" the parameter's get()/set() functions are not required and should be set to NULL, for any other configuration mode, these functions are required and should be set by the driver. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:28 +03:00
devlink: Add port param get command Add port param get command which gets data per parameter. It also has option to dump the parameters data per port. v7->v8: Append "Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>" Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:21 +05:30
devlink: Add port param set command Add port param set command to set the value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. v7->v8: Append "Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>" Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:22 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for port params Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. v7->v8: Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by devlink_param_value_changed() Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:25 +05:30
devlink: Add port param set command Add port param set command to set the value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. v7->v8: Append "Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>" Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:22 +05:30
devlink: Extend the support querying for region snapshot IDs Extend the support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_GET command to also return the IDs of the snapshot currently present on the region. Each reply will include a nested snapshots attribute that can contain multiple snapshot attributes each with an ID. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:12 +03:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Extend the support querying for region snapshot IDs Extend the support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_GET command to also return the IDs of the snapshot currently present on the region. Each reply will include a nested snapshots attribute that can contain multiple snapshot attributes each with an ID. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:12 +03:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Extend the support querying for region snapshot IDs Extend the support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_GET command to also return the IDs of the snapshot currently present on the region. Each reply will include a nested snapshots attribute that can contain multiple snapshot attributes each with an ID. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:12 +03:00
devlink: Add support for region get command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_GET command which is used for querying for the supported DEV/REGION values of devlink devices. The support is both for doit and dumpit. Reply includes: BUS_NAME, DEVICE_NAME, REGION_NAME, REGION_SIZE Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:11 +03:00
devlink: Extend the support querying for region snapshot IDs Extend the support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_GET command to also return the IDs of the snapshot currently present on the region. Each reply will include a nested snapshots attribute that can contain multiple snapshot attributes each with an ID. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:12 +03:00
devlink: Add support for region get command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_GET command which is used for querying for the supported DEV/REGION values of devlink devices. The support is both for doit and dumpit. Reply includes: BUS_NAME, DEVICE_NAME, REGION_NAME, REGION_SIZE Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:11 +03:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot delete command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL used for deleting a snapshot from a region. The snapshot ID is required. Also added notification support for NEW and DEL of snapshots. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:13 +03:00
devlink: Add support for region get command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_GET command which is used for querying for the supported DEV/REGION values of devlink devices. The support is both for doit and dumpit. Reply includes: BUS_NAME, DEVICE_NAME, REGION_NAME, REGION_SIZE Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:11 +03:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot delete command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL used for deleting a snapshot from a region. The snapshot ID is required. Also added notification support for NEW and DEL of snapshots. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:13 +03:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: don't allocate attrs on the stack Number of devlink attributes has grown over 128, causing the following warning: ../net/core/devlink.c: In function ‘devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit’: ../net/core/devlink.c:3740:1: warning: the frame size of 1064 bytes is larger than 1024 bytes [-Wframe-larger-than=] } ^ Since the number of attributes is only going to grow allocate the array dynamically. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-10 19:35:28 -08:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: don't allocate attrs on the stack Number of devlink attributes has grown over 128, causing the following warning: ../net/core/devlink.c: In function ‘devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit’: ../net/core/devlink.c:3740:1: warning: the frame size of 1064 bytes is larger than 1024 bytes [-Wframe-larger-than=] } ^ Since the number of attributes is only going to grow allocate the array dynamically. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-10 19:35:28 -08:00
netlink: make validation more configurable for future strictness We currently have two levels of strict validation: 1) liberal (default) - undefined (type >= max) & NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted - attribute length >= expected accepted - garbage at end of message accepted 2) strict (opt-in) - NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted - attribute length >= expected accepted Split out parsing strictness into four different options: * TRAILING - check that there's no trailing data after parsing attributes (in message or nested) * MAXTYPE - reject attrs > max known type * UNSPEC - reject attributes with NLA_UNSPEC policy entries * STRICT_ATTRS - strictly validate attribute size The default for future things should be *everything*. The current *_strict() is a combination of TRAILING and MAXTYPE, and is renamed to _deprecated_strict(). The current regular parsing has none of this, and is renamed to *_parse_deprecated(). Additionally it allows us to selectively set one of the new flags even on old policies. Notably, the UNSPEC flag could be useful in this case, since it can be arranged (by filling in the policy) to not be an incompatible userspace ABI change, but would then going forward prevent forgetting attribute entries. Similar can apply to the POLICY flag. We end up with the following renames: * nla_parse -> nla_parse_deprecated * nla_parse_strict -> nla_parse_deprecated_strict * nlmsg_parse -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated * nlmsg_parse_strict -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict * nla_parse_nested -> nla_parse_nested_deprecated * nla_validate_nested -> nla_validate_nested_deprecated Using spatch, of course: @@ expression TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_parse(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT) +nla_parse_deprecated(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_parse(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_parse_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_parse_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_parse_nested(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT) +nla_parse_nested_deprecated(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT) @@ expression START, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_validate_nested(START, MAX, POL, EXT) +nla_validate_nested_deprecated(START, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_validate(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_validate_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT) For this patch, don't actually add the strict, non-renamed versions yet so that it breaks compile if I get it wrong. Also, while at it, make nla_validate and nla_parse go down to a common __nla_validate_parse() function to avoid code duplication. Ultimately, this allows us to have very strict validation for every new caller of nla_parse()/nlmsg_parse() etc as re-introduced in the next patch, while existing things will continue to work as is. In effect then, this adds fully strict validation for any new command. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:28 +02:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: don't allocate attrs on the stack Number of devlink attributes has grown over 128, causing the following warning: ../net/core/devlink.c: In function ‘devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit’: ../net/core/devlink.c:3740:1: warning: the frame size of 1064 bytes is larger than 1024 bytes [-Wframe-larger-than=] } ^ Since the number of attributes is only going to grow allocate the array dynamically. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-10 19:35:28 -08:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: Fix list access without lock while reading region While finding the devlink device during region reading, devlink device list is accessed and devlink device is returned without holding a lock. This could lead to use-after-free accesses. While at it, add lockdep assert to ensure that all future callers hold the lock when calling devlink_get_from_attrs(). Fixes: 4e54795a27f5 ("devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command") Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-12 14:24:08 -06:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: Return right error code in case of errors for region read devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() misses to return right error code on most error conditions. Return the right error code on such errors. Fixes: 4e54795a27f5 ("devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command") Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-12 14:23:58 -06:00
devlink: Fix list access without lock while reading region While finding the devlink device during region reading, devlink device list is accessed and devlink device is returned without holding a lock. This could lead to use-after-free accesses. While at it, add lockdep assert to ensure that all future callers hold the lock when calling devlink_get_from_attrs(). Fixes: 4e54795a27f5 ("devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command") Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-12 14:24:08 -06:00
devlink: Return right error code in case of errors for region read devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() misses to return right error code on most error conditions. Return the right error code on such errors. Fixes: 4e54795a27f5 ("devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command") Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-12 14:23:58 -06:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: Return right error code in case of errors for region read devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() misses to return right error code on most error conditions. Return the right error code on such errors. Fixes: 4e54795a27f5 ("devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command") Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-12 14:23:58 -06:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: Return right error code in case of errors for region read devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() misses to return right error code on most error conditions. Return the right error code on such errors. Fixes: 4e54795a27f5 ("devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command") Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-12 14:23:58 -06:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: Return right error code in case of errors for region read devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() misses to return right error code on most error conditions. Return the right error code on such errors. Fixes: 4e54795a27f5 ("devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command") Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-12 14:23:58 -06:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: Return right error code in case of errors for region read devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() misses to return right error code on most error conditions. Return the right error code on such errors. Fixes: 4e54795a27f5 ("devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command") Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-12 14:23:58 -06:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: Return right error code in case of errors for region read devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() misses to return right error code on most error conditions. Return the right error code on such errors. Fixes: 4e54795a27f5 ("devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command") Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-12 14:23:58 -06:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: Return right error code in case of errors for region read devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() misses to return right error code on most error conditions. Return the right error code on such errors. Fixes: 4e54795a27f5 ("devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command") Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-12 14:23:58 -06:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Return right error code in case of errors for region read devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() misses to return right error code on most error conditions. Return the right error code on such errors. Fixes: 4e54795a27f5 ("devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command") Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-12 14:23:58 -06:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: Return right error code in case of errors for region read devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() misses to return right error code on most error conditions. Return the right error code on such errors. Fixes: 4e54795a27f5 ("devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command") Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-12 14:23:58 -06:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: Return right error code in case of errors for region read devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() misses to return right error code on most error conditions. Return the right error code on such errors. Fixes: 4e54795a27f5 ("devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command") Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-12 14:23:58 -06:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: Return right error code in case of errors for region read devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() misses to return right error code on most error conditions. Return the right error code on such errors. Fixes: 4e54795a27f5 ("devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command") Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-12 14:23:58 -06:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: don't allocate attrs on the stack Number of devlink attributes has grown over 128, causing the following warning: ../net/core/devlink.c: In function ‘devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit’: ../net/core/devlink.c:3740:1: warning: the frame size of 1064 bytes is larger than 1024 bytes [-Wframe-larger-than=] } ^ Since the number of attributes is only going to grow allocate the array dynamically. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-10 19:35:28 -08:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: Fix list access without lock while reading region While finding the devlink device during region reading, devlink device list is accessed and devlink device is returned without holding a lock. This could lead to use-after-free accesses. While at it, add lockdep assert to ensure that all future callers hold the lock when calling devlink_get_from_attrs(). Fixes: 4e54795a27f5 ("devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command") Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-12 14:24:08 -06:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: don't allocate attrs on the stack Number of devlink attributes has grown over 128, causing the following warning: ../net/core/devlink.c: In function ‘devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit’: ../net/core/devlink.c:3740:1: warning: the frame size of 1064 bytes is larger than 1024 bytes [-Wframe-larger-than=] } ^ Since the number of attributes is only going to grow allocate the array dynamically. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-10 19:35:28 -08:00
devlink: Return right error code in case of errors for region read devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() misses to return right error code on most error conditions. Return the right error code on such errors. Fixes: 4e54795a27f5 ("devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command") Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-12 14:23:58 -06:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: add device information API ethtool -i has served us well for a long time, but its showing its limitations more and more. The device information should also be reported per device not per-netdev. Lay foundation for a simple devlink-based way of reading device info. Add driver name and device serial number as initial pieces of information exposed via this new API. v3: - rename helpers (Jiri); - rename driver name attr (Jiri); - remove double spacing in commit message (Jiri). RFC v2: - wrap the skb into an opaque structure (Jiri); - allow the serial number of be any length (Jiri & Andrew); - add driver name (Jonathan). Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-31 10:50:40 -08:00
devlink: add version reporting to devlink info API ethtool -i has a few fixed-size fields which can be used to report firmware version and expansion ROM version. Unfortunately, modern hardware has more firmware components. There is usually some datapath microcode, management controller, PXE drivers, and a CPLD load. Running ethtool -i on modern controllers reveals the fact that vendors cram multiple values into firmware version field. Here are some examples from systems I could lay my hands on quickly: tg3: "FFV20.2.17 bc 5720-v1.39" i40e: "6.01 0x800034a4 1.1747.0" nfp: "0.0.3.5 0.25 sriov-2.1.16 nic" Add a new devlink API to allow retrieving multiple versions, and provide user-readable name for those versions. While at it break down the versions into three categories: - fixed - this is the board/fixed component version, usually vendors report information like the board version in the PCI VPD, but it will benefit from naming and common API as well; - running - this is the running firmware version; - stored - this is firmware in the flash, after firmware update this value will reflect the flashed version, while the running version may only be updated after reboot. v3: - add per-type helpers instead of using the special argument (Jiri). RFCv2: - remove the nesting in attr DEVLINK_ATTR_INFO_VERSIONS (now versions are mixed with other info attrs)l - have the driver report versions from the same callback as other info. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-31 10:50:41 -08:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: add version reporting to devlink info API ethtool -i has a few fixed-size fields which can be used to report firmware version and expansion ROM version. Unfortunately, modern hardware has more firmware components. There is usually some datapath microcode, management controller, PXE drivers, and a CPLD load. Running ethtool -i on modern controllers reveals the fact that vendors cram multiple values into firmware version field. Here are some examples from systems I could lay my hands on quickly: tg3: "FFV20.2.17 bc 5720-v1.39" i40e: "6.01 0x800034a4 1.1747.0" nfp: "0.0.3.5 0.25 sriov-2.1.16 nic" Add a new devlink API to allow retrieving multiple versions, and provide user-readable name for those versions. While at it break down the versions into three categories: - fixed - this is the board/fixed component version, usually vendors report information like the board version in the PCI VPD, but it will benefit from naming and common API as well; - running - this is the running firmware version; - stored - this is firmware in the flash, after firmware update this value will reflect the flashed version, while the running version may only be updated after reboot. v3: - add per-type helpers instead of using the special argument (Jiri). RFCv2: - remove the nesting in attr DEVLINK_ATTR_INFO_VERSIONS (now versions are mixed with other info attrs)l - have the driver report versions from the same callback as other info. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-31 10:50:41 -08:00
devlink: add device information API ethtool -i has served us well for a long time, but its showing its limitations more and more. The device information should also be reported per device not per-netdev. Lay foundation for a simple devlink-based way of reading device info. Add driver name and device serial number as initial pieces of information exposed via this new API. v3: - rename helpers (Jiri); - rename driver name attr (Jiri); - remove double spacing in commit message (Jiri). RFC v2: - wrap the skb into an opaque structure (Jiri); - allow the serial number of be any length (Jiri & Andrew); - add driver name (Jonathan). Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-31 10:50:40 -08:00
devlink: require non-NULL ops for devlink instances Commit 76726ccb7f46 ("devlink: add flash update command") and commit 2d8dc5bbf4e7 ("devlink: Add support for reload") access devlink ops without NULL-checking. There is, however, no driver which would pass in NULL ops, so let's just make that a requirement. Remove the now unnecessary NULL-checking. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-25 19:34:07 -08:00
devlink: add device information API ethtool -i has served us well for a long time, but its showing its limitations more and more. The device information should also be reported per device not per-netdev. Lay foundation for a simple devlink-based way of reading device info. Add driver name and device serial number as initial pieces of information exposed via this new API. v3: - rename helpers (Jiri); - rename driver name attr (Jiri); - remove double spacing in commit message (Jiri). RFC v2: - wrap the skb into an opaque structure (Jiri); - allow the serial number of be any length (Jiri & Andrew); - add driver name (Jonathan). Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-31 10:50:40 -08:00
net: devlink: skip info_get op call if it is not defined in dumpit In dumpit, unlike doit, the check for info_get op being defined is missing. Add it and avoid null pointer dereference in case driver does not define this op. Fixes: f9cf22882c60 ("devlink: add device information API") Reported-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-24 00:21:03 +01:00
devlink: add device information API ethtool -i has served us well for a long time, but its showing its limitations more and more. The device information should also be reported per device not per-netdev. Lay foundation for a simple devlink-based way of reading device info. Add driver name and device serial number as initial pieces of information exposed via this new API. v3: - rename helpers (Jiri); - rename driver name attr (Jiri); - remove double spacing in commit message (Jiri). RFC v2: - wrap the skb into an opaque structure (Jiri); - allow the serial number of be any length (Jiri & Andrew); - add driver name (Jonathan). Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-31 10:50:40 -08:00
devlink: Add devlink formatted message (fmsg) API Devlink fmsg is a mechanism to pass descriptors between drivers and devlink, in json-like format. The API allows the driver to add nested attributes such as object, object pair and value array, in addition to attributes such as name and value. Driver can use this API to fill the fmsg context in a format which will be translated by the devlink to the netlink message later. There is no memory allocation in advance (other than the initial list head), and it dynamically allocates messages descriptors and add them to the list on the fly. When it needs to send the data using SKBs to the netlink layer, it fragments the data between different SKBs. In order to do this fragmentation, it uses virtual nests attributes, to avoid actual nesting use which cannot be divided between different SKBs. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:32 +02:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Add devlink formatted message (fmsg) API Devlink fmsg is a mechanism to pass descriptors between drivers and devlink, in json-like format. The API allows the driver to add nested attributes such as object, object pair and value array, in addition to attributes such as name and value. Driver can use this API to fill the fmsg context in a format which will be translated by the devlink to the netlink message later. There is no memory allocation in advance (other than the initial list head), and it dynamically allocates messages descriptors and add them to the list on the fly. When it needs to send the data using SKBs to the netlink layer, it fragments the data between different SKBs. In order to do this fragmentation, it uses virtual nests attributes, to avoid actual nesting use which cannot be divided between different SKBs. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:32 +02:00
devlink: use direct return of genlmsg_reply This can remove redundant check Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <lirongqing@baidu.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-11 19:09:07 +08:00
devlink: Add devlink formatted message (fmsg) API Devlink fmsg is a mechanism to pass descriptors between drivers and devlink, in json-like format. The API allows the driver to add nested attributes such as object, object pair and value array, in addition to attributes such as name and value. Driver can use this API to fill the fmsg context in a format which will be translated by the devlink to the netlink message later. There is no memory allocation in advance (other than the initial list head), and it dynamically allocates messages descriptors and add them to the list on the fly. When it needs to send the data using SKBs to the netlink layer, it fragments the data between different SKBs. In order to do this fragmentation, it uses virtual nests attributes, to avoid actual nesting use which cannot be divided between different SKBs. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:32 +02:00
devlink: Hang reporter's dump method on a dumpit cb The devlink health reporter provides a dump method on an error. Dump may contain a large amount of data, in this case doit cb isn't sufficient. This is because the user side is blocking and doesn't allow draining of the socket until the socket runs out of buffers. Using dumpit cb is the correct way to go. Please note that thankfully the dump op is not yet implemented in any driver and therefore this change is not breaking userspace. Fixes: 35455e23e6f3 ("devlink: Add health dump {get,clear} commands") Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-05-16 09:49:20 +03:00
devlink: Add health reporter create/destroy functionality Devlink health reporter is an instance for reporting, diagnosing and recovering from run time errors discovered by the reporters. Define it's data structure and supported operations. In addition, expose devlink API to create and destroy a reporter. Each devlink instance will hold it's own reporters list. As part of the allocation, driver shall provide a set of callbacks which will be used by devlink in order to handle health reports and user commands related to this reporter. In addition, driver is entitled to provide some priv pointer, which can be fetched from the reporter by devlink_health_reporter_priv function. For each reporter, devlink will hold a metadata of statistics, dump msg and status. For passing dumps and diagnose data to the user-space, it will use devlink fmsg API. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:33 +02:00
devlink: Add health report functionality Upon error discover, every driver can report it to the devlink health mechanism via devlink_health_report function, using the appropriate reporter registered to it. Driver can pass error specific context which will be delivered to it as part of the dump / recovery callbacks. Once an error is reported, devlink health will do the following actions: * A log is being send to the kernel trace events buffer * Health status and statistics are being updated for the reporter instance * Object dump is being taken and stored at the reporter instance (as long as there is no other dump which is already stored) * Auto recovery attempt is being done. Depends on: - Auto Recovery configuration - Grace period vs. Time since last recover Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:34 +02:00
devlink: Add health reporter create/destroy functionality Devlink health reporter is an instance for reporting, diagnosing and recovering from run time errors discovered by the reporters. Define it's data structure and supported operations. In addition, expose devlink API to create and destroy a reporter. Each devlink instance will hold it's own reporters list. As part of the allocation, driver shall provide a set of callbacks which will be used by devlink in order to handle health reports and user commands related to this reporter. In addition, driver is entitled to provide some priv pointer, which can be fetched from the reporter by devlink_health_reporter_priv function. For each reporter, devlink will hold a metadata of statistics, dump msg and status. For passing dumps and diagnose data to the user-space, it will use devlink fmsg API. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:33 +02:00
devlink: Add health report functionality Upon error discover, every driver can report it to the devlink health mechanism via devlink_health_report function, using the appropriate reporter registered to it. Driver can pass error specific context which will be delivered to it as part of the dump / recovery callbacks. Once an error is reported, devlink health will do the following actions: * A log is being send to the kernel trace events buffer * Health status and statistics are being updated for the reporter instance * Object dump is being taken and stored at the reporter instance (as long as there is no other dump which is already stored) * Auto recovery attempt is being done. Depends on: - Auto Recovery configuration - Grace period vs. Time since last recover Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:34 +02:00
devlink: Change devlink health locking mechanism The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already held. With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock only to protect access to shared reporters list. Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while being used. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-29 12:41:45 +03:00
devlink: Add health report functionality Upon error discover, every driver can report it to the devlink health mechanism via devlink_health_report function, using the appropriate reporter registered to it. Driver can pass error specific context which will be delivered to it as part of the dump / recovery callbacks. Once an error is reported, devlink health will do the following actions: * A log is being send to the kernel trace events buffer * Health status and statistics are being updated for the reporter instance * Object dump is being taken and stored at the reporter instance (as long as there is no other dump which is already stored) * Auto recovery attempt is being done. Depends on: - Auto Recovery configuration - Grace period vs. Time since last recover Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:34 +02:00
devlink: Add health reporter create/destroy functionality Devlink health reporter is an instance for reporting, diagnosing and recovering from run time errors discovered by the reporters. Define it's data structure and supported operations. In addition, expose devlink API to create and destroy a reporter. Each devlink instance will hold it's own reporters list. As part of the allocation, driver shall provide a set of callbacks which will be used by devlink in order to handle health reports and user commands related to this reporter. In addition, driver is entitled to provide some priv pointer, which can be fetched from the reporter by devlink_health_reporter_priv function. For each reporter, devlink will hold a metadata of statistics, dump msg and status. For passing dumps and diagnose data to the user-space, it will use devlink fmsg API. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:33 +02:00
devlink: Change devlink health locking mechanism The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already held. With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock only to protect access to shared reporters list. Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while being used. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-29 12:41:45 +03:00
devlink: Add health reporter create/destroy functionality Devlink health reporter is an instance for reporting, diagnosing and recovering from run time errors discovered by the reporters. Define it's data structure and supported operations. In addition, expose devlink API to create and destroy a reporter. Each devlink instance will hold it's own reporters list. As part of the allocation, driver shall provide a set of callbacks which will be used by devlink in order to handle health reports and user commands related to this reporter. In addition, driver is entitled to provide some priv pointer, which can be fetched from the reporter by devlink_health_reporter_priv function. For each reporter, devlink will hold a metadata of statistics, dump msg and status. For passing dumps and diagnose data to the user-space, it will use devlink fmsg API. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:33 +02:00
devlink: Change devlink health locking mechanism The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already held. With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock only to protect access to shared reporters list. Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while being used. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-29 12:41:45 +03:00
devlink: Add health reporter create/destroy functionality Devlink health reporter is an instance for reporting, diagnosing and recovering from run time errors discovered by the reporters. Define it's data structure and supported operations. In addition, expose devlink API to create and destroy a reporter. Each devlink instance will hold it's own reporters list. As part of the allocation, driver shall provide a set of callbacks which will be used by devlink in order to handle health reports and user commands related to this reporter. In addition, driver is entitled to provide some priv pointer, which can be fetched from the reporter by devlink_health_reporter_priv function. For each reporter, devlink will hold a metadata of statistics, dump msg and status. For passing dumps and diagnose data to the user-space, it will use devlink fmsg API. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:33 +02:00
devlink: Add health report functionality Upon error discover, every driver can report it to the devlink health mechanism via devlink_health_report function, using the appropriate reporter registered to it. Driver can pass error specific context which will be delivered to it as part of the dump / recovery callbacks. Once an error is reported, devlink health will do the following actions: * A log is being send to the kernel trace events buffer * Health status and statistics are being updated for the reporter instance * Object dump is being taken and stored at the reporter instance (as long as there is no other dump which is already stored) * Auto recovery attempt is being done. Depends on: - Auto Recovery configuration - Grace period vs. Time since last recover Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:34 +02:00
devlink: Change devlink health locking mechanism The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already held. With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock only to protect access to shared reporters list. Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while being used. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-29 12:41:45 +03:00
devlink: Add health reporter create/destroy functionality Devlink health reporter is an instance for reporting, diagnosing and recovering from run time errors discovered by the reporters. Define it's data structure and supported operations. In addition, expose devlink API to create and destroy a reporter. Each devlink instance will hold it's own reporters list. As part of the allocation, driver shall provide a set of callbacks which will be used by devlink in order to handle health reports and user commands related to this reporter. In addition, driver is entitled to provide some priv pointer, which can be fetched from the reporter by devlink_health_reporter_priv function. For each reporter, devlink will hold a metadata of statistics, dump msg and status. For passing dumps and diagnose data to the user-space, it will use devlink fmsg API. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:33 +02:00
devlink: Change devlink health locking mechanism The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already held. With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock only to protect access to shared reporters list. Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while being used. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-29 12:41:45 +03:00
devlink: Add health reporter create/destroy functionality Devlink health reporter is an instance for reporting, diagnosing and recovering from run time errors discovered by the reporters. Define it's data structure and supported operations. In addition, expose devlink API to create and destroy a reporter. Each devlink instance will hold it's own reporters list. As part of the allocation, driver shall provide a set of callbacks which will be used by devlink in order to handle health reports and user commands related to this reporter. In addition, driver is entitled to provide some priv pointer, which can be fetched from the reporter by devlink_health_reporter_priv function. For each reporter, devlink will hold a metadata of statistics, dump msg and status. For passing dumps and diagnose data to the user-space, it will use devlink fmsg API. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:33 +02:00
devlink: Change devlink health locking mechanism The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already held. With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock only to protect access to shared reporters list. Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while being used. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-29 12:41:45 +03:00
devlink: Add health reporter create/destroy functionality Devlink health reporter is an instance for reporting, diagnosing and recovering from run time errors discovered by the reporters. Define it's data structure and supported operations. In addition, expose devlink API to create and destroy a reporter. Each devlink instance will hold it's own reporters list. As part of the allocation, driver shall provide a set of callbacks which will be used by devlink in order to handle health reports and user commands related to this reporter. In addition, driver is entitled to provide some priv pointer, which can be fetched from the reporter by devlink_health_reporter_priv function. For each reporter, devlink will hold a metadata of statistics, dump msg and status. For passing dumps and diagnose data to the user-space, it will use devlink fmsg API. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:33 +02:00
devlink: Change devlink health locking mechanism The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already held. With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock only to protect access to shared reporters list. Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while being used. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-29 12:41:45 +03:00
net: devlink: add couple of missing mutex_destroy() calls Add missing called to mutex_destroy() for two mutexes used in devlink code. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-24 11:14:24 +01:00
devlink: Add health report functionality Upon error discover, every driver can report it to the devlink health mechanism via devlink_health_report function, using the appropriate reporter registered to it. Driver can pass error specific context which will be delivered to it as part of the dump / recovery callbacks. Once an error is reported, devlink health will do the following actions: * A log is being send to the kernel trace events buffer * Health status and statistics are being updated for the reporter instance * Object dump is being taken and stored at the reporter instance (as long as there is no other dump which is already stored) * Auto recovery attempt is being done. Depends on: - Auto Recovery configuration - Grace period vs. Time since last recover Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:34 +02:00
devlink: Add health reporter create/destroy functionality Devlink health reporter is an instance for reporting, diagnosing and recovering from run time errors discovered by the reporters. Define it's data structure and supported operations. In addition, expose devlink API to create and destroy a reporter. Each devlink instance will hold it's own reporters list. As part of the allocation, driver shall provide a set of callbacks which will be used by devlink in order to handle health reports and user commands related to this reporter. In addition, driver is entitled to provide some priv pointer, which can be fetched from the reporter by devlink_health_reporter_priv function. For each reporter, devlink will hold a metadata of statistics, dump msg and status. For passing dumps and diagnose data to the user-space, it will use devlink fmsg API. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:33 +02:00
devlink: Add support for direct reporter health state update It is possible that a reporter state will be updated due to a recover flow which is not triggered by a devlink health related operation, but as a side effect of some other operation in the system. Expose devlink health API for a direct update of a reporter status. Move devlink_health_reporter_state enum definition to devlink.h so it could be used from drivers as a parameter of devlink_health_reporter_state_update. In addition, add trace_devlink_health_reporter_state_update to provide user notification for reporter state change. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-03 10:57:30 +02:00
devlink: Add health report functionality Upon error discover, every driver can report it to the devlink health mechanism via devlink_health_report function, using the appropriate reporter registered to it. Driver can pass error specific context which will be delivered to it as part of the dump / recovery callbacks. Once an error is reported, devlink health will do the following actions: * A log is being send to the kernel trace events buffer * Health status and statistics are being updated for the reporter instance * Object dump is being taken and stored at the reporter instance (as long as there is no other dump which is already stored) * Auto recovery attempt is being done. Depends on: - Auto Recovery configuration - Grace period vs. Time since last recover Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:34 +02:00
devlink: Update reporter state to error even if recover aborted If devlink_health_report() aborted the recover flow due to grace period checker, it left the reporter status as DEVLINK_HEALTH_REPORTER_STATE_HEALTHY, which is a bug. Fix that by always setting the reporter state to DEVLINK_HEALTH_REPORTER_STATE_ERROR prior to running the checker mentioned above. In addition, save the previous health_state in a temporary variable, then use it in the abort check comparison instead of using reporter->health_state which might be already changed. Fixes: c8e1da0bf923 ("devlink: Add health report functionality") Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-03 10:57:29 +02:00
devlink: Add health report functionality Upon error discover, every driver can report it to the devlink health mechanism via devlink_health_report function, using the appropriate reporter registered to it. Driver can pass error specific context which will be delivered to it as part of the dump / recovery callbacks. Once an error is reported, devlink health will do the following actions: * A log is being send to the kernel trace events buffer * Health status and statistics are being updated for the reporter instance * Object dump is being taken and stored at the reporter instance (as long as there is no other dump which is already stored) * Auto recovery attempt is being done. Depends on: - Auto Recovery configuration - Grace period vs. Time since last recover Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:34 +02:00
devlink: Update reporter state to error even if recover aborted If devlink_health_report() aborted the recover flow due to grace period checker, it left the reporter status as DEVLINK_HEALTH_REPORTER_STATE_HEALTHY, which is a bug. Fix that by always setting the reporter state to DEVLINK_HEALTH_REPORTER_STATE_ERROR prior to running the checker mentioned above. In addition, save the previous health_state in a temporary variable, then use it in the abort check comparison instead of using reporter->health_state which might be already changed. Fixes: c8e1da0bf923 ("devlink: Add health report functionality") Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-03 10:57:29 +02:00
devlink: Add health report functionality Upon error discover, every driver can report it to the devlink health mechanism via devlink_health_report function, using the appropriate reporter registered to it. Driver can pass error specific context which will be delivered to it as part of the dump / recovery callbacks. Once an error is reported, devlink health will do the following actions: * A log is being send to the kernel trace events buffer * Health status and statistics are being updated for the reporter instance * Object dump is being taken and stored at the reporter instance (as long as there is no other dump which is already stored) * Auto recovery attempt is being done. Depends on: - Auto Recovery configuration - Grace period vs. Time since last recover Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:34 +02:00
devlink: Update reporter state to error even if recover aborted If devlink_health_report() aborted the recover flow due to grace period checker, it left the reporter status as DEVLINK_HEALTH_REPORTER_STATE_HEALTHY, which is a bug. Fix that by always setting the reporter state to DEVLINK_HEALTH_REPORTER_STATE_ERROR prior to running the checker mentioned above. In addition, save the previous health_state in a temporary variable, then use it in the abort check comparison instead of using reporter->health_state which might be already changed. Fixes: c8e1da0bf923 ("devlink: Add health report functionality") Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-03 10:57:29 +02:00
devlink: Add health report functionality Upon error discover, every driver can report it to the devlink health mechanism via devlink_health_report function, using the appropriate reporter registered to it. Driver can pass error specific context which will be delivered to it as part of the dump / recovery callbacks. Once an error is reported, devlink health will do the following actions: * A log is being send to the kernel trace events buffer * Health status and statistics are being updated for the reporter instance * Object dump is being taken and stored at the reporter instance (as long as there is no other dump which is already stored) * Auto recovery attempt is being done. Depends on: - Auto Recovery configuration - Grace period vs. Time since last recover Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:34 +02:00
devlink: Add health get command Add devlink health get command to provide reporter/s data for user space. Add the ability to get data per reporter or dump data from all available reporters. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:35 +02:00
devlink: Hang reporter's dump method on a dumpit cb The devlink health reporter provides a dump method on an error. Dump may contain a large amount of data, in this case doit cb isn't sufficient. This is because the user side is blocking and doesn't allow draining of the socket until the socket runs out of buffers. Using dumpit cb is the correct way to go. Please note that thankfully the dump op is not yet implemented in any driver and therefore this change is not breaking userspace. Fixes: 35455e23e6f3 ("devlink: Add health dump {get,clear} commands") Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-05-16 09:49:20 +03:00
devlink: Add health get command Add devlink health get command to provide reporter/s data for user space. Add the ability to get data per reporter or dump data from all available reporters. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:35 +02:00
devlink: Change devlink health locking mechanism The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already held. With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock only to protect access to shared reporters list. Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while being used. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-29 12:41:45 +03:00
devlink: Add health get command Add devlink health get command to provide reporter/s data for user space. Add the ability to get data per reporter or dump data from all available reporters. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:35 +02:00
devlink: Hang reporter's dump method on a dumpit cb The devlink health reporter provides a dump method on an error. Dump may contain a large amount of data, in this case doit cb isn't sufficient. This is because the user side is blocking and doesn't allow draining of the socket until the socket runs out of buffers. Using dumpit cb is the correct way to go. Please note that thankfully the dump op is not yet implemented in any driver and therefore this change is not breaking userspace. Fixes: 35455e23e6f3 ("devlink: Add health dump {get,clear} commands") Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-05-16 09:49:20 +03:00
devlink: Add health get command Add devlink health get command to provide reporter/s data for user space. Add the ability to get data per reporter or dump data from all available reporters. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:35 +02:00
devlink: Hang reporter's dump method on a dumpit cb The devlink health reporter provides a dump method on an error. Dump may contain a large amount of data, in this case doit cb isn't sufficient. This is because the user side is blocking and doesn't allow draining of the socket until the socket runs out of buffers. Using dumpit cb is the correct way to go. Please note that thankfully the dump op is not yet implemented in any driver and therefore this change is not breaking userspace. Fixes: 35455e23e6f3 ("devlink: Add health dump {get,clear} commands") Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-05-16 09:49:20 +03:00
devlink: Change devlink health locking mechanism The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already held. With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock only to protect access to shared reporters list. Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while being used. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-29 12:41:45 +03:00
devlink: Hang reporter's dump method on a dumpit cb The devlink health reporter provides a dump method on an error. Dump may contain a large amount of data, in this case doit cb isn't sufficient. This is because the user side is blocking and doesn't allow draining of the socket until the socket runs out of buffers. Using dumpit cb is the correct way to go. Please note that thankfully the dump op is not yet implemented in any driver and therefore this change is not breaking userspace. Fixes: 35455e23e6f3 ("devlink: Add health dump {get,clear} commands") Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-05-16 09:49:20 +03:00
devlink: Change devlink health locking mechanism The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already held. With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock only to protect access to shared reporters list. Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while being used. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-29 12:41:45 +03:00
devlink: Add health get command Add devlink health get command to provide reporter/s data for user space. Add the ability to get data per reporter or dump data from all available reporters. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:35 +02:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Add health get command Add devlink health get command to provide reporter/s data for user space. Add the ability to get data per reporter or dump data from all available reporters. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:35 +02:00
devlink: Rename devlink health attributes Rename devlink health attributes for better reflect the attributes use. Add COUNT prefix on error counter attribute and recovery counter attribute. Fixes: 7afe335a8bed ("devlink: Add health get command") Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-21 14:12:01 +02:00
devlink: Add health get command Add devlink health get command to provide reporter/s data for user space. Add the ability to get data per reporter or dump data from all available reporters. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:35 +02:00
devlink: Rename devlink health attributes Rename devlink health attributes for better reflect the attributes use. Add COUNT prefix on error counter attribute and recovery counter attribute. Fixes: 7afe335a8bed ("devlink: Add health get command") Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-21 14:12:01 +02:00
devlink: Add health get command Add devlink health get command to provide reporter/s data for user space. Add the ability to get data per reporter or dump data from all available reporters. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:35 +02:00
devlink: Modify reply of DEVLINK_CMD_HEALTH_REPORTER_GET Avoid sending attributes related to recovery: DEVLINK_ATTR_HEALTH_REPORTER_GRACEFUL_PERIOD and DEVLINK_ATTR_HEALTH_REPORTER_AUTO_RECOVER in reply to DEVLINK_CMD_HEALTH_REPORTER_GET for a reporter which didn't register a recover operation. These parameters can't be configured on a reporter that did not provide a recover operation, thus not needed to return them. Fixes: 7afe335a8bed ("devlink: Add health get command") Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-21 14:12:02 +02:00
devlink: Add health get command Add devlink health get command to provide reporter/s data for user space. Add the ability to get data per reporter or dump data from all available reporters. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:35 +02:00
devlink: Modify reply of DEVLINK_CMD_HEALTH_REPORTER_GET Avoid sending attributes related to recovery: DEVLINK_ATTR_HEALTH_REPORTER_GRACEFUL_PERIOD and DEVLINK_ATTR_HEALTH_REPORTER_AUTO_RECOVER in reply to DEVLINK_CMD_HEALTH_REPORTER_GET for a reporter which didn't register a recover operation. These parameters can't be configured on a reporter that did not provide a recover operation, thus not needed to return them. Fixes: 7afe335a8bed ("devlink: Add health get command") Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-21 14:12:02 +02:00
devlink: Add health get command Add devlink health get command to provide reporter/s data for user space. Add the ability to get data per reporter or dump data from all available reporters. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:35 +02:00
devlink: Change devlink health locking mechanism The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already held. With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock only to protect access to shared reporters list. Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while being used. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-29 12:41:45 +03:00
devlink: Add health get command Add devlink health get command to provide reporter/s data for user space. Add the ability to get data per reporter or dump data from all available reporters. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:35 +02:00
devlink: Change devlink health locking mechanism The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already held. With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock only to protect access to shared reporters list. Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while being used. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-29 12:41:45 +03:00
devlink: Add health get command Add devlink health get command to provide reporter/s data for user space. Add the ability to get data per reporter or dump data from all available reporters. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:35 +02:00
devlink: Change devlink health locking mechanism The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already held. With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock only to protect access to shared reporters list. Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while being used. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-29 12:41:45 +03:00
devlink: Add health get command Add devlink health get command to provide reporter/s data for user space. Add the ability to get data per reporter or dump data from all available reporters. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:35 +02:00
devlink: Change devlink health locking mechanism The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already held. With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock only to protect access to shared reporters list. Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while being used. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-29 12:41:45 +03:00
devlink: Add health get command Add devlink health get command to provide reporter/s data for user space. Add the ability to get data per reporter or dump data from all available reporters. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:35 +02:00
devlink: Change devlink health locking mechanism The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already held. With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock only to protect access to shared reporters list. Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while being used. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-29 12:41:45 +03:00
devlink: Add health get command Add devlink health get command to provide reporter/s data for user space. Add the ability to get data per reporter or dump data from all available reporters. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:35 +02:00
devlink: Change devlink health locking mechanism The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already held. With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock only to protect access to shared reporters list. Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while being used. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-29 12:41:45 +03:00
devlink: Add health get command Add devlink health get command to provide reporter/s data for user space. Add the ability to get data per reporter or dump data from all available reporters. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:35 +02:00
devlink: Add health set command Add devlink health set command, in order to set configuration parameters for a specific reporter. Supported parameters are: - graceful_period: Time interval between auto recoveries (in msec) - auto_recover: Determines if the devlink shall execute recover upon receiving error for the reporter Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:36 +02:00
devlink: Change devlink health locking mechanism The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already held. With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock only to protect access to shared reporters list. Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while being used. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-29 12:41:45 +03:00
devlink: Add health set command Add devlink health set command, in order to set configuration parameters for a specific reporter. Supported parameters are: - graceful_period: Time interval between auto recoveries (in msec) - auto_recover: Determines if the devlink shall execute recover upon receiving error for the reporter Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:36 +02:00
devlink: Change devlink health locking mechanism The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already held. With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock only to protect access to shared reporters list. Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while being used. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-29 12:41:45 +03:00
devlink: Add health set command Add devlink health set command, in order to set configuration parameters for a specific reporter. Supported parameters are: - graceful_period: Time interval between auto recoveries (in msec) - auto_recover: Determines if the devlink shall execute recover upon receiving error for the reporter Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:36 +02:00
devlink: Change devlink health locking mechanism The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already held. With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock only to protect access to shared reporters list. Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while being used. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-29 12:41:45 +03:00
devlink: Add health set command Add devlink health set command, in order to set configuration parameters for a specific reporter. Supported parameters are: - graceful_period: Time interval between auto recoveries (in msec) - auto_recover: Determines if the devlink shall execute recover upon receiving error for the reporter Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:36 +02:00
devlink: Change devlink health locking mechanism The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already held. With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock only to protect access to shared reporters list. Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while being used. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-29 12:41:45 +03:00
devlink: Add health set command Add devlink health set command, in order to set configuration parameters for a specific reporter. Supported parameters are: - graceful_period: Time interval between auto recoveries (in msec) - auto_recover: Determines if the devlink shall execute recover upon receiving error for the reporter Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:36 +02:00
devlink: Add health recover command Add devlink health recover command to the uapi, in order to allow the user to execute a recover operation over a specific reporter. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:37 +02:00
devlink: Change devlink health locking mechanism The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already held. With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock only to protect access to shared reporters list. Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while being used. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-29 12:41:45 +03:00
devlink: Add health recover command Add devlink health recover command to the uapi, in order to allow the user to execute a recover operation over a specific reporter. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:37 +02:00
devlink: Change devlink health locking mechanism The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already held. With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock only to protect access to shared reporters list. Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while being used. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-29 12:41:45 +03:00
devlink: Add health recover command Add devlink health recover command to the uapi, in order to allow the user to execute a recover operation over a specific reporter. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:37 +02:00
devlink: Add health diagnose command Add devlink health diagnose command, in order to run a diagnose operation over a specific reporter. It is expected from driver's callback for diagnose command to fill it via the devlink fmsg API. Devlink will parse it and convert it to netlink nla API in order to pass it to the user. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:38 +02:00
devlink: Change devlink health locking mechanism The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already held. With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock only to protect access to shared reporters list. Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while being used. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-29 12:41:45 +03:00
devlink: Add health diagnose command Add devlink health diagnose command, in order to run a diagnose operation over a specific reporter. It is expected from driver's callback for diagnose command to fill it via the devlink fmsg API. Devlink will parse it and convert it to netlink nla API in order to pass it to the user. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:38 +02:00
devlink: Change devlink health locking mechanism The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already held. With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock only to protect access to shared reporters list. Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while being used. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-29 12:41:45 +03:00
devlink: Add health diagnose command Add devlink health diagnose command, in order to run a diagnose operation over a specific reporter. It is expected from driver's callback for diagnose command to fill it via the devlink fmsg API. Devlink will parse it and convert it to netlink nla API in order to pass it to the user. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:38 +02:00
devlink: Change devlink health locking mechanism The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already held. With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock only to protect access to shared reporters list. Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while being used. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-29 12:41:45 +03:00
devlink: Add health diagnose command Add devlink health diagnose command, in order to run a diagnose operation over a specific reporter. It is expected from driver's callback for diagnose command to fill it via the devlink fmsg API. Devlink will parse it and convert it to netlink nla API in order to pass it to the user. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:38 +02:00
devlink: Change devlink health locking mechanism The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already held. With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock only to protect access to shared reporters list. Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while being used. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-29 12:41:45 +03:00
devlink: Add health diagnose command Add devlink health diagnose command, in order to run a diagnose operation over a specific reporter. It is expected from driver's callback for diagnose command to fill it via the devlink fmsg API. Devlink will parse it and convert it to netlink nla API in order to pass it to the user. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:38 +02:00
devlink: Change devlink health locking mechanism The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already held. With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock only to protect access to shared reporters list. Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while being used. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-29 12:41:45 +03:00
devlink: Add health diagnose command Add devlink health diagnose command, in order to run a diagnose operation over a specific reporter. It is expected from driver's callback for diagnose command to fill it via the devlink fmsg API. Devlink will parse it and convert it to netlink nla API in order to pass it to the user. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:38 +02:00
devlink: Hang reporter's dump method on a dumpit cb The devlink health reporter provides a dump method on an error. Dump may contain a large amount of data, in this case doit cb isn't sufficient. This is because the user side is blocking and doesn't allow draining of the socket until the socket runs out of buffers. Using dumpit cb is the correct way to go. Please note that thankfully the dump op is not yet implemented in any driver and therefore this change is not breaking userspace. Fixes: 35455e23e6f3 ("devlink: Add health dump {get,clear} commands") Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-05-16 09:49:20 +03:00
devlink: Add health dump {get,clear} commands Add devlink health dump commands, in order to run an dump operation over a specific reporter. The supported operations are dump_get in order to get last saved dump (if not exist, dump now) and dump_clear to clear last saved dump. It is expected from driver's callback for diagnose command to fill it via the devlink fmsg API. Devlink will parse it and convert it to netlink nla API in order to pass it to the user. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:39 +02:00
devlink: Hang reporter's dump method on a dumpit cb The devlink health reporter provides a dump method on an error. Dump may contain a large amount of data, in this case doit cb isn't sufficient. This is because the user side is blocking and doesn't allow draining of the socket until the socket runs out of buffers. Using dumpit cb is the correct way to go. Please note that thankfully the dump op is not yet implemented in any driver and therefore this change is not breaking userspace. Fixes: 35455e23e6f3 ("devlink: Add health dump {get,clear} commands") Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-05-16 09:49:20 +03:00
devlink: Add health dump {get,clear} commands Add devlink health dump commands, in order to run an dump operation over a specific reporter. The supported operations are dump_get in order to get last saved dump (if not exist, dump now) and dump_clear to clear last saved dump. It is expected from driver's callback for diagnose command to fill it via the devlink fmsg API. Devlink will parse it and convert it to netlink nla API in order to pass it to the user. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:39 +02:00
devlink: Hang reporter's dump method on a dumpit cb The devlink health reporter provides a dump method on an error. Dump may contain a large amount of data, in this case doit cb isn't sufficient. This is because the user side is blocking and doesn't allow draining of the socket until the socket runs out of buffers. Using dumpit cb is the correct way to go. Please note that thankfully the dump op is not yet implemented in any driver and therefore this change is not breaking userspace. Fixes: 35455e23e6f3 ("devlink: Add health dump {get,clear} commands") Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-05-16 09:49:20 +03:00
devlink: Add health dump {get,clear} commands Add devlink health dump commands, in order to run an dump operation over a specific reporter. The supported operations are dump_get in order to get last saved dump (if not exist, dump now) and dump_clear to clear last saved dump. It is expected from driver's callback for diagnose command to fill it via the devlink fmsg API. Devlink will parse it and convert it to netlink nla API in order to pass it to the user. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:39 +02:00
devlink: Change devlink health locking mechanism The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already held. With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock only to protect access to shared reporters list. Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while being used. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-29 12:41:45 +03:00
devlink: Hang reporter's dump method on a dumpit cb The devlink health reporter provides a dump method on an error. Dump may contain a large amount of data, in this case doit cb isn't sufficient. This is because the user side is blocking and doesn't allow draining of the socket until the socket runs out of buffers. Using dumpit cb is the correct way to go. Please note that thankfully the dump op is not yet implemented in any driver and therefore this change is not breaking userspace. Fixes: 35455e23e6f3 ("devlink: Add health dump {get,clear} commands") Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-05-16 09:49:20 +03:00
devlink: Change devlink health locking mechanism The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already held. With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock only to protect access to shared reporters list. Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while being used. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-29 12:41:45 +03:00
devlink: Add health dump {get,clear} commands Add devlink health dump commands, in order to run an dump operation over a specific reporter. The supported operations are dump_get in order to get last saved dump (if not exist, dump now) and dump_clear to clear last saved dump. It is expected from driver's callback for diagnose command to fill it via the devlink fmsg API. Devlink will parse it and convert it to netlink nla API in order to pass it to the user. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:39 +02:00
devlink: Hang reporter's dump method on a dumpit cb The devlink health reporter provides a dump method on an error. Dump may contain a large amount of data, in this case doit cb isn't sufficient. This is because the user side is blocking and doesn't allow draining of the socket until the socket runs out of buffers. Using dumpit cb is the correct way to go. Please note that thankfully the dump op is not yet implemented in any driver and therefore this change is not breaking userspace. Fixes: 35455e23e6f3 ("devlink: Add health dump {get,clear} commands") Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-05-16 09:49:20 +03:00
devlink: Add health dump {get,clear} commands Add devlink health dump commands, in order to run an dump operation over a specific reporter. The supported operations are dump_get in order to get last saved dump (if not exist, dump now) and dump_clear to clear last saved dump. It is expected from driver's callback for diagnose command to fill it via the devlink fmsg API. Devlink will parse it and convert it to netlink nla API in order to pass it to the user. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:39 +02:00
devlink: Hang reporter's dump method on a dumpit cb The devlink health reporter provides a dump method on an error. Dump may contain a large amount of data, in this case doit cb isn't sufficient. This is because the user side is blocking and doesn't allow draining of the socket until the socket runs out of buffers. Using dumpit cb is the correct way to go. Please note that thankfully the dump op is not yet implemented in any driver and therefore this change is not breaking userspace. Fixes: 35455e23e6f3 ("devlink: Add health dump {get,clear} commands") Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-05-16 09:49:20 +03:00
devlink: Change devlink health locking mechanism The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already held. With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock only to protect access to shared reporters list. Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while being used. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-29 12:41:45 +03:00
devlink: Add health dump {get,clear} commands Add devlink health dump commands, in order to run an dump operation over a specific reporter. The supported operations are dump_get in order to get last saved dump (if not exist, dump now) and dump_clear to clear last saved dump. It is expected from driver's callback for diagnose command to fill it via the devlink fmsg API. Devlink will parse it and convert it to netlink nla API in order to pass it to the user. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:39 +02:00
devlink: Change devlink health locking mechanism The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already held. With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock only to protect access to shared reporters list. Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while being used. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-29 12:41:45 +03:00
devlink: Add health dump {get,clear} commands Add devlink health dump commands, in order to run an dump operation over a specific reporter. The supported operations are dump_get in order to get last saved dump (if not exist, dump now) and dump_clear to clear last saved dump. It is expected from driver's callback for diagnose command to fill it via the devlink fmsg API. Devlink will parse it and convert it to netlink nla API in order to pass it to the user. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:39 +02:00
devlink: Change devlink health locking mechanism The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already held. With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock only to protect access to shared reporters list. Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while being used. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-29 12:41:45 +03:00
devlink: Add health dump {get,clear} commands Add devlink health dump commands, in order to run an dump operation over a specific reporter. The supported operations are dump_get in order to get last saved dump (if not exist, dump now) and dump_clear to clear last saved dump. It is expected from driver's callback for diagnose command to fill it via the devlink fmsg API. Devlink will parse it and convert it to netlink nla API in order to pass it to the user. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:39 +02:00
devlink: Change devlink health locking mechanism The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already held. With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock only to protect access to shared reporters list. Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while being used. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-29 12:41:45 +03:00
devlink: Add health dump {get,clear} commands Add devlink health dump commands, in order to run an dump operation over a specific reporter. The supported operations are dump_get in order to get last saved dump (if not exist, dump now) and dump_clear to clear last saved dump. It is expected from driver's callback for diagnose command to fill it via the devlink fmsg API. Devlink will parse it and convert it to netlink nla API in order to pass it to the user. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:39 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
net/devlink: Add E-Switch mode control Add the commands to set and show the mode of SRIOV E-Switch, two modes are supported: * legacy: operating in the "old" L2 based mode (DMAC --> VF vport) * switchdev: the E-Switch is referred to as whitebox switch configured using standard tools such as tc, bridge, openvswitch etc. To allow working with the tools, for each VF, a VF representor netdevice is created by the E-Switch manager vendor device driver instance (e.g PF). Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-01 14:51:01 +03:00
devlink: Add E-Switch inline mode control Some HWs need the VF driver to put part of the packet headers on the TX descriptor so the e-switch can do proper matching and steering. The supported modes: none, link, network, transport. Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-22 23:09:57 +02:00
net/devlink: Add E-Switch encapsulation control This is an e-switch global knob to enable HW support for applying encapsulation/decapsulation to VF traffic as part of SRIOV e-switch offloading. The actual encap/decap is carried out (along with the matching and other actions) per offloaded e-switch rules, e.g as done when offloading the TC tunnel key action. Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2016-09-25 13:52:44 +03:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
devlink: Add param set command Add param set command to set value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:30 +03:00
devlink: Add support for region get command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_GET command which is used for querying for the supported DEV/REGION values of devlink devices. The support is both for doit and dumpit. Reply includes: BUS_NAME, DEVICE_NAME, REGION_NAME, REGION_SIZE Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:11 +03:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot delete command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL used for deleting a snapshot from a region. The snapshot ID is required. Also added notification support for NEW and DEL of snapshots. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:13 +03:00
devlink: Add health get command Add devlink health get command to provide reporter/s data for user space. Add the ability to get data per reporter or dump data from all available reporters. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:35 +02:00
devlink: Add health set command Add devlink health set command, in order to set configuration parameters for a specific reporter. Supported parameters are: - graceful_period: Time interval between auto recoveries (in msec) - auto_recover: Determines if the devlink shall execute recover upon receiving error for the reporter Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:36 +02:00
devlink: add flash update command Add devlink flash update command. Advanced NICs have firmware stored in flash and often cryptographically secured. Updating that flash is handled by management firmware. Ethtool has a flash update command which served us well, however, it has two shortcomings: - it takes rtnl_lock unnecessarily - really flash update has nothing to do with networking, so using a networking device as a handle is suboptimal, which leads us to the second one: - it requires a functioning netdev - in case device enters an error state and can't spawn a netdev (e.g. communication with the device fails) there is no netdev to use as a handle for flashing. Devlink already has the ability to report the firmware versions, now with the ability to update the firmware/flash we will be able to recover devices in bad state. To enable updates of sub-components of the FW allow passing component name. This name should correspond to one of the versions reported in devlink info. v1: - replace target id with component name (Jiri). Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-14 13:40:44 -08:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: share user_ptr pointer for both devlink and devlink_port Ptr to devlink structure can be easily obtained from devlink_port->devlink. So share user_ptr[0] pointer for both and leave user_ptr[1] free for other users. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-08 19:12:48 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: implement shared buffer occupancy monitoring interface User needs to monitor shared buffer occupancy. For that, he issues a snapshot command in order to instruct hardware to catch current and maximal occupancy values, and clear command in order to clear the historical maximal values. Also port-pool and tc-pool-bind command response messages are extended to carry occupancy values. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:14 +02:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: implement shared buffer occupancy monitoring interface User needs to monitor shared buffer occupancy. For that, he issues a snapshot command in order to instruct hardware to catch current and maximal occupancy values, and clear command in order to clear the historical maximal values. Also port-pool and tc-pool-bind command response messages are extended to carry occupancy values. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:14 +02:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
devlink: implement shared buffer occupancy monitoring interface User needs to monitor shared buffer occupancy. For that, he issues a snapshot command in order to instruct hardware to catch current and maximal occupancy values, and clear command in order to clear the historical maximal values. Also port-pool and tc-pool-bind command response messages are extended to carry occupancy values. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:14 +02:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: implement shared buffer occupancy monitoring interface User needs to monitor shared buffer occupancy. For that, he issues a snapshot command in order to instruct hardware to catch current and maximal occupancy values, and clear command in order to clear the historical maximal values. Also port-pool and tc-pool-bind command response messages are extended to carry occupancy values. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:14 +02:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
devlink: implement shared buffer occupancy monitoring interface User needs to monitor shared buffer occupancy. For that, he issues a snapshot command in order to instruct hardware to catch current and maximal occupancy values, and clear command in order to clear the historical maximal values. Also port-pool and tc-pool-bind command response messages are extended to carry occupancy values. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:14 +02:00
net/devlink: Add E-Switch mode control Add the commands to set and show the mode of SRIOV E-Switch, two modes are supported: * legacy: operating in the "old" L2 based mode (DMAC --> VF vport) * switchdev: the E-Switch is referred to as whitebox switch configured using standard tools such as tc, bridge, openvswitch etc. To allow working with the tools, for each VF, a VF representor netdevice is created by the E-Switch manager vendor device driver instance (e.g PF). Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-01 14:51:01 +03:00
devlink: fix the name of eswitch commands The eswitch_[gs]et command is supposed to be similar to port_[gs]et command - for multiple eswitch attributes. However, when it was introduced by 08f4b5918b2d ("net/devlink: Add E-Switch mode control") it was wrongly named with the word "mode" in it. So fix this now, make the oririnal enum value existing but obsolete. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-09 15:54:33 +01:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: fix the name of eswitch commands The eswitch_[gs]et command is supposed to be similar to port_[gs]et command - for multiple eswitch attributes. However, when it was introduced by 08f4b5918b2d ("net/devlink: Add E-Switch mode control") it was wrongly named with the word "mode" in it. So fix this now, make the oririnal enum value existing but obsolete. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-09 15:54:33 +01:00
net/devlink: Add E-Switch mode control Add the commands to set and show the mode of SRIOV E-Switch, two modes are supported: * legacy: operating in the "old" L2 based mode (DMAC --> VF vport) * switchdev: the E-Switch is referred to as whitebox switch configured using standard tools such as tc, bridge, openvswitch etc. To allow working with the tools, for each VF, a VF representor netdevice is created by the E-Switch manager vendor device driver instance (e.g PF). Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-01 14:51:01 +03:00
devlink: fix the name of eswitch commands The eswitch_[gs]et command is supposed to be similar to port_[gs]et command - for multiple eswitch attributes. However, when it was introduced by 08f4b5918b2d ("net/devlink: Add E-Switch mode control") it was wrongly named with the word "mode" in it. So fix this now, make the oririnal enum value existing but obsolete. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-09 15:54:33 +01:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: fix the name of eswitch commands The eswitch_[gs]et command is supposed to be similar to port_[gs]et command - for multiple eswitch attributes. However, when it was introduced by 08f4b5918b2d ("net/devlink: Add E-Switch mode control") it was wrongly named with the word "mode" in it. So fix this now, make the oririnal enum value existing but obsolete. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-09 15:54:33 +01:00
net/devlink: Add E-Switch mode control Add the commands to set and show the mode of SRIOV E-Switch, two modes are supported: * legacy: operating in the "old" L2 based mode (DMAC --> VF vport) * switchdev: the E-Switch is referred to as whitebox switch configured using standard tools such as tc, bridge, openvswitch etc. To allow working with the tools, for each VF, a VF representor netdevice is created by the E-Switch manager vendor device driver instance (e.g PF). Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-01 14:51:01 +03:00
devlink: don't take instance lock around eswitch mode set Changing switch mode may want to register and unregister devlink ports. Therefore similarly to DEVLINK_CMD_PORT_SPLIT/UNSPLIT it should not take the instance lock. Drivers don't depend on existing locking since it's a very recent addition. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-21 22:12:50 -07:00
net/devlink: Add E-Switch mode control Add the commands to set and show the mode of SRIOV E-Switch, two modes are supported: * legacy: operating in the "old" L2 based mode (DMAC --> VF vport) * switchdev: the E-Switch is referred to as whitebox switch configured using standard tools such as tc, bridge, openvswitch etc. To allow working with the tools, for each VF, a VF representor netdevice is created by the E-Switch manager vendor device driver instance (e.g PF). Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-01 14:51:01 +03:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Change dpipe/resource get privileges Let dpipe/resource be retrieved by unprivileged users. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-08 12:52:25 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Change dpipe/resource get privileges Let dpipe/resource be retrieved by unprivileged users. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-08 12:52:25 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Change dpipe/resource get privileges Let dpipe/resource be retrieved by unprivileged users. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-08 12:52:25 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
devlink: Change dpipe/resource get privileges Let dpipe/resource be retrieved by unprivileged users. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-08 12:52:25 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
devlink: Add support for reload Add support for performing driver hot reload. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:04 +01:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: Add support for reload Add support for performing driver hot reload. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:04 +01:00
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
devlink: Add param set command Add param set command to set value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:30 +03:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: Add param set command Add param set command to set value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:30 +03:00
devlink: Add port param get command Add port param get command which gets data per parameter. It also has option to dump the parameters data per port. v7->v8: Append "Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>" Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:21 +05:30
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: Add port param get command Add port param get command which gets data per parameter. It also has option to dump the parameters data per port. v7->v8: Append "Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>" Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:21 +05:30
devlink: Add port param set command Add port param set command to set the value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. v7->v8: Append "Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>" Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:22 +05:30
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: Add port param set command Add port param set command to set the value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. v7->v8: Append "Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>" Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:22 +05:30
devlink: Add support for region get command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_GET command which is used for querying for the supported DEV/REGION values of devlink devices. The support is both for doit and dumpit. Reply includes: BUS_NAME, DEVICE_NAME, REGION_NAME, REGION_SIZE Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:11 +03:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: Add support for region get command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_GET command which is used for querying for the supported DEV/REGION values of devlink devices. The support is both for doit and dumpit. Reply includes: BUS_NAME, DEVICE_NAME, REGION_NAME, REGION_SIZE Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:11 +03:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot delete command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL used for deleting a snapshot from a region. The snapshot ID is required. Also added notification support for NEW and DEL of snapshots. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:13 +03:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot delete command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL used for deleting a snapshot from a region. The snapshot ID is required. Also added notification support for NEW and DEL of snapshots. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:13 +03:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: add device information API ethtool -i has served us well for a long time, but its showing its limitations more and more. The device information should also be reported per device not per-netdev. Lay foundation for a simple devlink-based way of reading device info. Add driver name and device serial number as initial pieces of information exposed via this new API. v3: - rename helpers (Jiri); - rename driver name attr (Jiri); - remove double spacing in commit message (Jiri). RFC v2: - wrap the skb into an opaque structure (Jiri); - allow the serial number of be any length (Jiri & Andrew); - add driver name (Jonathan). Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-31 10:50:40 -08:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: add device information API ethtool -i has served us well for a long time, but its showing its limitations more and more. The device information should also be reported per device not per-netdev. Lay foundation for a simple devlink-based way of reading device info. Add driver name and device serial number as initial pieces of information exposed via this new API. v3: - rename helpers (Jiri); - rename driver name attr (Jiri); - remove double spacing in commit message (Jiri). RFC v2: - wrap the skb into an opaque structure (Jiri); - allow the serial number of be any length (Jiri & Andrew); - add driver name (Jonathan). Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-31 10:50:40 -08:00
devlink: Add health get command Add devlink health get command to provide reporter/s data for user space. Add the ability to get data per reporter or dump data from all available reporters. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:35 +02:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: Add health get command Add devlink health get command to provide reporter/s data for user space. Add the ability to get data per reporter or dump data from all available reporters. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:35 +02:00
devlink: Change devlink health locking mechanism The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already held. With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock only to protect access to shared reporters list. Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while being used. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-29 12:41:45 +03:00
devlink: Add health get command Add devlink health get command to provide reporter/s data for user space. Add the ability to get data per reporter or dump data from all available reporters. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:35 +02:00
devlink: Add health set command Add devlink health set command, in order to set configuration parameters for a specific reporter. Supported parameters are: - graceful_period: Time interval between auto recoveries (in msec) - auto_recover: Determines if the devlink shall execute recover upon receiving error for the reporter Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:36 +02:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: Add health set command Add devlink health set command, in order to set configuration parameters for a specific reporter. Supported parameters are: - graceful_period: Time interval between auto recoveries (in msec) - auto_recover: Determines if the devlink shall execute recover upon receiving error for the reporter Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:36 +02:00
devlink: Change devlink health locking mechanism The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already held. With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock only to protect access to shared reporters list. Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while being used. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-29 12:41:45 +03:00
devlink: Add health set command Add devlink health set command, in order to set configuration parameters for a specific reporter. Supported parameters are: - graceful_period: Time interval between auto recoveries (in msec) - auto_recover: Determines if the devlink shall execute recover upon receiving error for the reporter Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:36 +02:00
devlink: Add health recover command Add devlink health recover command to the uapi, in order to allow the user to execute a recover operation over a specific reporter. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:37 +02:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: Add health recover command Add devlink health recover command to the uapi, in order to allow the user to execute a recover operation over a specific reporter. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:37 +02:00
devlink: Change devlink health locking mechanism The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already held. With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock only to protect access to shared reporters list. Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while being used. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-29 12:41:45 +03:00
devlink: Add health recover command Add devlink health recover command to the uapi, in order to allow the user to execute a recover operation over a specific reporter. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:37 +02:00
devlink: Add health diagnose command Add devlink health diagnose command, in order to run a diagnose operation over a specific reporter. It is expected from driver's callback for diagnose command to fill it via the devlink fmsg API. Devlink will parse it and convert it to netlink nla API in order to pass it to the user. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:38 +02:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: Add health diagnose command Add devlink health diagnose command, in order to run a diagnose operation over a specific reporter. It is expected from driver's callback for diagnose command to fill it via the devlink fmsg API. Devlink will parse it and convert it to netlink nla API in order to pass it to the user. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:38 +02:00
devlink: Change devlink health locking mechanism The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already held. With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock only to protect access to shared reporters list. Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while being used. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-29 12:41:45 +03:00
devlink: Add health diagnose command Add devlink health diagnose command, in order to run a diagnose operation over a specific reporter. It is expected from driver's callback for diagnose command to fill it via the devlink fmsg API. Devlink will parse it and convert it to netlink nla API in order to pass it to the user. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:38 +02:00
devlink: Add health dump {get,clear} commands Add devlink health dump commands, in order to run an dump operation over a specific reporter. The supported operations are dump_get in order to get last saved dump (if not exist, dump now) and dump_clear to clear last saved dump. It is expected from driver's callback for diagnose command to fill it via the devlink fmsg API. Devlink will parse it and convert it to netlink nla API in order to pass it to the user. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:39 +02:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: Hang reporter's dump method on a dumpit cb The devlink health reporter provides a dump method on an error. Dump may contain a large amount of data, in this case doit cb isn't sufficient. This is because the user side is blocking and doesn't allow draining of the socket until the socket runs out of buffers. Using dumpit cb is the correct way to go. Please note that thankfully the dump op is not yet implemented in any driver and therefore this change is not breaking userspace. Fixes: 35455e23e6f3 ("devlink: Add health dump {get,clear} commands") Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-05-16 09:49:20 +03:00
devlink: Add health dump {get,clear} commands Add devlink health dump commands, in order to run an dump operation over a specific reporter. The supported operations are dump_get in order to get last saved dump (if not exist, dump now) and dump_clear to clear last saved dump. It is expected from driver's callback for diagnose command to fill it via the devlink fmsg API. Devlink will parse it and convert it to netlink nla API in order to pass it to the user. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:39 +02:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: Add health dump {get,clear} commands Add devlink health dump commands, in order to run an dump operation over a specific reporter. The supported operations are dump_get in order to get last saved dump (if not exist, dump now) and dump_clear to clear last saved dump. It is expected from driver's callback for diagnose command to fill it via the devlink fmsg API. Devlink will parse it and convert it to netlink nla API in order to pass it to the user. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:39 +02:00
devlink: add flash update command Add devlink flash update command. Advanced NICs have firmware stored in flash and often cryptographically secured. Updating that flash is handled by management firmware. Ethtool has a flash update command which served us well, however, it has two shortcomings: - it takes rtnl_lock unnecessarily - really flash update has nothing to do with networking, so using a networking device as a handle is suboptimal, which leads us to the second one: - it requires a functioning netdev - in case device enters an error state and can't spawn a netdev (e.g. communication with the device fails) there is no netdev to use as a handle for flashing. Devlink already has the ability to report the firmware versions, now with the ability to update the firmware/flash we will be able to recover devices in bad state. To enable updates of sub-components of the FW allow passing component name. This name should correspond to one of the versions reported in devlink info. v1: - replace target id with component name (Jiri). Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-14 13:40:44 -08:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: add flash update command Add devlink flash update command. Advanced NICs have firmware stored in flash and often cryptographically secured. Updating that flash is handled by management firmware. Ethtool has a flash update command which served us well, however, it has two shortcomings: - it takes rtnl_lock unnecessarily - really flash update has nothing to do with networking, so using a networking device as a handle is suboptimal, which leads us to the second one: - it requires a functioning netdev - in case device enters an error state and can't spawn a netdev (e.g. communication with the device fails) there is no netdev to use as a handle for flashing. Devlink already has the ability to report the firmware versions, now with the ability to update the firmware/flash we will be able to recover devices in bad state. To enable updates of sub-components of the FW allow passing component name. This name should correspond to one of the versions reported in devlink info. v1: - replace target id with component name (Jiri). Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-14 13:40:44 -08:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
genetlink: mark families as __ro_after_init Now genl_register_family() is the only thing (other than the users themselves, perhaps, but I didn't find any doing that) writing to the family struct. In all families that I found, genl_register_family() is only called from __init functions (some indirectly, in which case I've add __init annotations to clarifly things), so all can actually be marked __ro_after_init. This protects the data structure from accidental corruption. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-24 14:40:05 +02:00
genetlink: statically initialize families Instead of providing macros/inline functions to initialize the families, make all users initialize them statically and get rid of the macros. This reduces the kernel code size by about 1.6k on x86-64 (with allyesconfig). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-24 14:40:03 +02:00
genetlink: make policy common to family Since maxattr is common, the policy can't really differ sanely, so make it common as well. The only user that did in fact manage to make a non-common policy is taskstats, which has to be really careful about it (since it's still using a common maxattr!). This is no longer supported, but we can fake it using pre_doit. This reduces the size of e.g. nl80211.o (which has lots of commands): text data bss dec hex filename 398745 14323 2240 415308 6564c net/wireless/nl80211.o (before) 397913 14331 2240 414484 65314 net/wireless/nl80211.o (after) -------------------------------- -832 +8 0 -824 Which is obviously just 8 bytes for each command, and an added 8 bytes for the new policy pointer. I'm not sure why the ops list is counted as .text though. Most of the code transformations were done using the following spatch: @ops@ identifier OPS; expression POLICY; @@ struct genl_ops OPS[] = { ..., { - .policy = POLICY, }, ... }; @@ identifier ops.OPS; expression ops.POLICY; identifier fam; expression M; @@ struct genl_family fam = { .ops = OPS, .maxattr = M, + .policy = POLICY, ... }; This also gets rid of devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() accessing the cb->data as ops, which we want to change in a later genl patch. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-21 22:51:02 +01:00
genetlink: statically initialize families Instead of providing macros/inline functions to initialize the families, make all users initialize them statically and get rid of the macros. This reduces the kernel code size by about 1.6k on x86-64 (with allyesconfig). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-24 14:40:03 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: require non-NULL ops for devlink instances Commit 76726ccb7f46 ("devlink: add flash update command") and commit 2d8dc5bbf4e7 ("devlink: Add support for reload") access devlink ops without NULL-checking. There is, however, no driver which would pass in NULL ops, so let's just make that a requirement. Remove the now unnecessary NULL-checking. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-25 19:34:07 -08:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
devlink: Add devlink_param register and unregister Define configuration parameters data structure. Add functions to register and unregister the driver supported configuration parameters table. For each parameter registered, the driver should fill all the parameter's fields. In case the only supported configuration mode is "driverinit" the parameter's get()/set() functions are not required and should be set to NULL, for any other configuration mode, these functions are required and should be set by the driver. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:28 +03:00
devlink: Add support for creating and destroying regions This allows a device to register its supported address regions. Each address region can be accessed directly for example reading the snapshots taken of this address space. Drivers are not limited in the name selection for different regions. An example of a region-name can be: pci cr-space, register-space. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:08 +03:00
devlink: Add health reporter create/destroy functionality Devlink health reporter is an instance for reporting, diagnosing and recovering from run time errors discovered by the reporters. Define it's data structure and supported operations. In addition, expose devlink API to create and destroy a reporter. Each devlink instance will hold it's own reporters list. As part of the allocation, driver shall provide a set of callbacks which will be used by devlink in order to handle health reports and user commands related to this reporter. In addition, driver is entitled to provide some priv pointer, which can be fetched from the reporter by devlink_health_reporter_priv function. For each reporter, devlink will hold a metadata of statistics, dump msg and status. For passing dumps and diagnose data to the user-space, it will use devlink fmsg API. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:33 +02:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
devlink: Change devlink health locking mechanism The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already held. With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock only to protect access to shared reporters list. Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while being used. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-29 12:41:45 +03:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: fix kdoc devlink suffers from a few kdoc warnings: net/core/devlink.c:5292: warning: Function parameter or member 'dev' not described in 'devlink_register' net/core/devlink.c:5351: warning: Function parameter or member 'port_index' not described in 'devlink_port_register' net/core/devlink.c:5753: warning: Function parameter or member 'parent_resource_id' not described in 'devlink_resource_register' net/core/devlink.c:5753: warning: Function parameter or member 'size_params' not described in 'devlink_resource_register' net/core/devlink.c:5753: warning: Excess function parameter 'top_hierarchy' description in 'devlink_resource_register' net/core/devlink.c:5753: warning: Excess function parameter 'reload_required' description in 'devlink_resource_register' net/core/devlink.c:5753: warning: Excess function parameter 'parent_reosurce_id' description in 'devlink_resource_register' net/core/devlink.c:6451: warning: Function parameter or member 'region' not described in 'devlink_region_snapshot_create' net/core/devlink.c:6451: warning: Excess function parameter 'devlink_region' description in 'devlink_region_snapshot_create' Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-27 11:36:36 -08:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Change devlink health locking mechanism The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already held. With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock only to protect access to shared reporters list. Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while being used. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-29 12:41:45 +03:00
net: devlink: add couple of missing mutex_destroy() calls Add missing called to mutex_destroy() for two mutexes used in devlink code. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-24 11:14:24 +01:00
devlink: Add WARN_ON to catch errors of not cleaning devlink objects Add WARN_ON to make sure that all sub objects of a devlink device are cleanedup before freeing the devlink device. This helps to catch any driver bugs. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-08 15:15:00 -06:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: add warning in case driver does not set port type Prevent misbehavior of drivers who would not set port type for longer period of time. Drivers should always set port type. Do WARN if that happens. Note that it is perfectly fine to temporarily not have the type set, during initialization and port type change. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-23 10:43:35 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: fix kdoc devlink suffers from a few kdoc warnings: net/core/devlink.c:5292: warning: Function parameter or member 'dev' not described in 'devlink_register' net/core/devlink.c:5351: warning: Function parameter or member 'port_index' not described in 'devlink_port_register' net/core/devlink.c:5753: warning: Function parameter or member 'parent_resource_id' not described in 'devlink_resource_register' net/core/devlink.c:5753: warning: Function parameter or member 'size_params' not described in 'devlink_resource_register' net/core/devlink.c:5753: warning: Excess function parameter 'top_hierarchy' description in 'devlink_resource_register' net/core/devlink.c:5753: warning: Excess function parameter 'reload_required' description in 'devlink_resource_register' net/core/devlink.c:5753: warning: Excess function parameter 'parent_reosurce_id' description in 'devlink_resource_register' net/core/devlink.c:6451: warning: Function parameter or member 'region' not described in 'devlink_region_snapshot_create' net/core/devlink.c:6451: warning: Excess function parameter 'devlink_region' description in 'devlink_region_snapshot_create' Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-27 11:36:36 -08:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
net: devlink: add port type spinlock Add spinlock to protect port type and type_dev pointer consistency. Without that, userspace may see inconsistent type and type_dev combinations. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> v1->v2: - rebased Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-24 11:14:37 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Add devlink_param for port register and unregister Add functions to register and unregister for the driver supported configuration parameters table per port. v7->v8: - Order the definitions following way as suggested by Jiri. __devlink_params_register __devlink_params_unregister devlink_params_register devlink_params_unregister devlink_port_params_register devlink_port_params_unregister - Append with Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>. v2->v3: - Add a helper __devlink_params_register() with common code used by both devlink_params_register() and devlink_port_params_register(). Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:20 +05:30
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
devlink: add warning in case driver does not set port type Prevent misbehavior of drivers who would not set port type for longer period of time. Drivers should always set port type. Do WARN if that happens. Note that it is perfectly fine to temporarily not have the type set, during initialization and port type change. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-23 10:43:35 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
devlink: add warning in case driver does not set port type Prevent misbehavior of drivers who would not set port type for longer period of time. Drivers should always set port type. Do WARN if that happens. Note that it is perfectly fine to temporarily not have the type set, during initialization and port type change. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-23 10:43:35 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
net: devlink: warn on setting type on unregistered port Port needs to be registered first before the type is set. Warn and bail-out in case it is not. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-24 11:14:36 +01:00
devlink: add warning in case driver does not set port type Prevent misbehavior of drivers who would not set port type for longer period of time. Drivers should always set port type. Do WARN if that happens. Note that it is perfectly fine to temporarily not have the type set, during initialization and port type change. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-23 10:43:35 +02:00
net: devlink: add port type spinlock Add spinlock to protect port type and type_dev pointer consistency. Without that, userspace may see inconsistent type and type_dev combinations. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> v1->v2: - rebased Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-24 11:14:37 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
net: devlink: add port type spinlock Add spinlock to protect port type and type_dev pointer consistency. Without that, userspace may see inconsistent type and type_dev combinations. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> v1->v2: - rebased Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-24 11:14:37 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
net: devlink: add warning for ndo_get_port_parent_id set when not needed Currently if the driver registers devlink port instance, he should set the devlink port attributes as well. Then the devlink core is able to obtain switch id itself, no need for driver to implement the ndo. Once all drivers will implement devlink port registration, this ndo should be removed. This warning guides new drivers to do things as they should be done. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-03 14:24:27 +02:00
net: devlink: add warning for ndo_get_phys_port_name set when not needed Currently if the driver registers devlink port instance, it should set the devlink port attributes as well. Then the devlink core is able to obtain physical port name itself, no need for driver to implement the ndo. Once all drivers will implement devlink port registration, this ndo should be removed. This warning guides new drivers to do things as they should be done. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-28 13:56:46 +01:00
net: devlink: add warning for ndo_get_port_parent_id set when not needed Currently if the driver registers devlink port instance, he should set the devlink port attributes as well. Then the devlink core is able to obtain switch id itself, no need for driver to implement the ndo. Once all drivers will implement devlink port registration, this ndo should be removed. This warning guides new drivers to do things as they should be done. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-03 14:24:27 +02:00
net: devlink: add warning for ndo_get_phys_port_name set when not needed Currently if the driver registers devlink port instance, it should set the devlink port attributes as well. Then the devlink core is able to obtain physical port name itself, no need for driver to implement the ndo. Once all drivers will implement devlink port registration, this ndo should be removed. This warning guides new drivers to do things as they should be done. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-28 13:56:46 +01:00
net: devlink: add warning for ndo_get_port_parent_id set when not needed Currently if the driver registers devlink port instance, he should set the devlink port attributes as well. Then the devlink core is able to obtain switch id itself, no need for driver to implement the ndo. Once all drivers will implement devlink port registration, this ndo should be removed. This warning guides new drivers to do things as they should be done. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-03 14:24:27 +02:00
net: devlink: don't pass return value of __devlink_port_type_set() __devlink_port_type_set() returns void, it makes no sense to pass it on, so don't do that. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-24 11:14:30 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
net: devlink: don't pass return value of __devlink_port_type_set() __devlink_port_type_set() returns void, it makes no sense to pass it on, so don't do that. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-24 11:14:30 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
net: devlink: don't pass return value of __devlink_port_type_set() __devlink_port_type_set() returns void, it makes no sense to pass it on, so don't do that. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-24 11:14:30 +01:00
devlink: add warning in case driver does not set port type Prevent misbehavior of drivers who would not set port type for longer period of time. Drivers should always set port type. Do WARN if that happens. Note that it is perfectly fine to temporarily not have the type set, during initialization and port type change. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-23 10:43:35 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Refactor physical port attributes To support additional devlink port flavours and to support few common and few different port attributes, move physical port attributes to a different structure. Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:35 -05:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: introduce devlink_port_attrs_set Change existing setter for split port information into more generic attrs setter. Alongside with that, allow to set port number and subport number for split ports. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-18 09:29:00 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: extend attrs_set for setting port flavours Devlink ports can have specific flavour according to the purpose of use. This patch extend attrs_set so the driver can say which flavour port has. Initial flavours are: physical, cpu, dsa User can query this to see right away what is the purpose of each port. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-18 09:29:01 +02:00
devlink: introduce devlink_port_attrs_set Change existing setter for split port information into more generic attrs setter. Alongside with that, allow to set port number and subport number for split ports. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-18 09:29:00 +02:00
net: devlink: extend port attrs for switch ID Extend devlink_port_attrs_set() to pass switch ID for ports which are part of switch and store it in port attrs. For other ports, this is NULL. Note that this allows the driver to group devlink ports into one or more switches according to the actual topology. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-03 14:24:16 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: introduce devlink_port_attrs_set Change existing setter for split port information into more generic attrs setter. Alongside with that, allow to set port number and subport number for split ports. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-18 09:29:00 +02:00
devlink: extend attrs_set for setting port flavours Devlink ports can have specific flavour according to the purpose of use. This patch extend attrs_set so the driver can say which flavour port has. Initial flavours are: physical, cpu, dsa User can query this to see right away what is the purpose of each port. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-18 09:29:01 +02:00
devlink: introduce devlink_port_attrs_set Change existing setter for split port information into more generic attrs setter. Alongside with that, allow to set port number and subport number for split ports. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-18 09:29:00 +02:00
net: devlink: extend port attrs for switch ID Extend devlink_port_attrs_set() to pass switch ID for ports which are part of switch and store it in port attrs. For other ports, this is NULL. Note that this allows the driver to group devlink ports into one or more switches according to the actual topology. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-03 14:24:16 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: introduce devlink_port_attrs_set Change existing setter for split port information into more generic attrs setter. Alongside with that, allow to set port number and subport number for split ports. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-18 09:29:00 +02:00
devlink: Refactor physical port attributes To support additional devlink port flavours and to support few common and few different port attributes, move physical port attributes to a different structure. Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:35 -05:00
devlink: introduce devlink_port_attrs_set Change existing setter for split port information into more generic attrs setter. Alongside with that, allow to set port number and subport number for split ports. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-18 09:29:00 +02:00
devlink: Refactor physical port attributes To support additional devlink port flavours and to support few common and few different port attributes, move physical port attributes to a different structure. Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:35 -05:00
net: devlink: disallow port_attrs_set() to be called before register Since the port attributes are static and cannot change during the port lifetime, WARN_ON if some driver calls it after registration. Also, no need to call notifications as it is noop anyway due to check of devlink_port->registered there. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-24 11:14:33 +01:00
devlink: introduce devlink_port_attrs_set Change existing setter for split port information into more generic attrs setter. Alongside with that, allow to set port number and subport number for split ports. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-18 09:29:00 +02:00
devlink: Refactor physical port attributes To support additional devlink port flavours and to support few common and few different port attributes, move physical port attributes to a different structure. Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:35 -05:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: introduce devlink_port_attrs_set Change existing setter for split port information into more generic attrs setter. Alongside with that, allow to set port number and subport number for split ports. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-18 09:29:00 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Introduce PCI PF port flavour and port attribute In an eswitch, PCI PF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with PF and a representor netdevice, introduce a PCI PF port flavour and port attriute. When devlink port flavour is PCI PF, fill up PCI PF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF number on best effort basis. So that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. $ devlink port show pci/0000:05:00.0/0: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf pfnum 0 Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:37 -05:00
devlink: Introduce PCI VF port flavour and port attribute In an eswitch, PCI VF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with VF, and its representor netdevice, introduce a PCI VF port flavour. When devlink port flavour is PCI VF, fill up PCI VF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF and VF number scheme on best effort basis, so that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. $ devlink port show pci/0000:05:00.0/0: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf pfnum 0 pci/0000:05:00.0/1: type eth netdev eth1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 0 pci/0000:05:00.0/2: type eth netdev eth2 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:38 -05:00
net: devlink: introduce devlink_compat_phys_port_name_get() Introduce devlink_compat_phys_port_name_get() helper that gets the physical port name for specified netdevice according to devlink port attributes. Call this helper from dev_get_phys_port_name() in case ndo_get_phys_port_name is not defined. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-28 13:56:37 +01:00
devlink: introduce a helper to generate physical port names Each driver implements physical port name generation by itself. However as devlink has all needed info, it can easily do the job for all its users. So implement this helper in devlink. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-18 09:29:02 +02:00
devlink: Refactor physical port attributes To support additional devlink port flavours and to support few common and few different port attributes, move physical port attributes to a different structure. Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:35 -05:00
devlink: introduce a helper to generate physical port names Each driver implements physical port name generation by itself. However as devlink has all needed info, it can easily do the job for all its users. So implement this helper in devlink. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-18 09:29:02 +02:00
devlink: Refactor physical port attributes To support additional devlink port flavours and to support few common and few different port attributes, move physical port attributes to a different structure. Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:35 -05:00
devlink: introduce a helper to generate physical port names Each driver implements physical port name generation by itself. However as devlink has all needed info, it can easily do the job for all its users. So implement this helper in devlink. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-18 09:29:02 +02:00
devlink: Introduce PCI PF port flavour and port attribute In an eswitch, PCI PF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with PF and a representor netdevice, introduce a PCI PF port flavour and port attriute. When devlink port flavour is PCI PF, fill up PCI PF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF number on best effort basis. So that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. $ devlink port show pci/0000:05:00.0/0: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf pfnum 0 Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:37 -05:00
devlink: Introduce PCI VF port flavour and port attribute In an eswitch, PCI VF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with VF, and its representor netdevice, introduce a PCI VF port flavour. When devlink port flavour is PCI VF, fill up PCI VF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF and VF number scheme on best effort basis, so that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. $ devlink port show pci/0000:05:00.0/0: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf pfnum 0 pci/0000:05:00.0/1: type eth netdev eth1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 0 pci/0000:05:00.0/2: type eth netdev eth2 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:38 -05:00
devlink: introduce a helper to generate physical port names Each driver implements physical port name generation by itself. However as devlink has all needed info, it can easily do the job for all its users. So implement this helper in devlink. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-18 09:29:02 +02:00
net: devlink: introduce devlink_compat_phys_port_name_get() Introduce devlink_compat_phys_port_name_get() helper that gets the physical port name for specified netdevice according to devlink port attributes. Call this helper from dev_get_phys_port_name() in case ndo_get_phys_port_name is not defined. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-28 13:56:37 +01:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Add support for dynamic table size Up until now the dpipe table's size was static and known at registration time. The host table does not have constant size and it is resized in dynamic manner. In order to support this behavior the size is changed to be obtained dynamically via an op. This patch also adjust the current dpipe table for the new API. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-24 08:40:02 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Add support for dynamic table size Up until now the dpipe table's size was static and known at registration time. The host table does not have constant size and it is resized in dynamic manner. In order to support this behavior the size is changed to be obtained dynamically via an op. This patch also adjust the current dpipe table for the new API. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-24 08:40:02 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
devlink: fix kdoc devlink suffers from a few kdoc warnings: net/core/devlink.c:5292: warning: Function parameter or member 'dev' not described in 'devlink_register' net/core/devlink.c:5351: warning: Function parameter or member 'port_index' not described in 'devlink_port_register' net/core/devlink.c:5753: warning: Function parameter or member 'parent_resource_id' not described in 'devlink_resource_register' net/core/devlink.c:5753: warning: Function parameter or member 'size_params' not described in 'devlink_resource_register' net/core/devlink.c:5753: warning: Excess function parameter 'top_hierarchy' description in 'devlink_resource_register' net/core/devlink.c:5753: warning: Excess function parameter 'reload_required' description in 'devlink_resource_register' net/core/devlink.c:5753: warning: Excess function parameter 'parent_reosurce_id' description in 'devlink_resource_register' net/core/devlink.c:6451: warning: Function parameter or member 'region' not described in 'devlink_region_snapshot_create' net/core/devlink.c:6451: warning: Excess function parameter 'devlink_region' description in 'devlink_region_snapshot_create' Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-27 11:36:36 -08:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
devlink: convert occ_get op to separate registration This resolves race during initialization where the resources with ops are registered before driver and the structures used by occ_get op is initialized. So keep occ_get callbacks registered only when all structs are initialized. The example flows, as it is in mlxsw: 1) driver load/asic probe: mlxsw_core -> mlxsw_sp_resources_register -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_resources_register -> devlink_resource_register IDX mlxsw_spectrum -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_parts_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_part_init -> devlink_resource_size_get IDX (to get the current setup size from devlink) -> devlink_resource_occ_get_register IDX (register current occupancy getter) 2) reload triggered by devlink command: -> mlxsw_devlink_core_bus_device_reload -> mlxsw_sp_fini -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_fini -> devlink_resource_occ_get_unregister IDX (struct mlxsw_sp *mlxsw_sp is freed at this point, call to occ get which is using mlxsw_sp would cause use-after free) -> mlxsw_sp_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_parts_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_part_init -> devlink_resource_size_get IDX (to get the current setup size from devlink) -> devlink_resource_occ_get_register IDX (register current occupancy getter) Fixes: d9f9b9a4d05f ("devlink: Add support for resource abstraction") Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-04-05 22:13:21 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
devlink: Remove top_hierarchy arg to devlink_resource_register top_hierarchy arg can be determined by comparing parent_resource_id to DEVLINK_RESOURCE_ID_PARENT_TOP so it does not need to be a separate argument. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-20 19:31:14 -07:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
devlink: Remove top_hierarchy arg to devlink_resource_register top_hierarchy arg can be determined by comparing parent_resource_id to DEVLINK_RESOURCE_ID_PARENT_TOP so it does not need to be a separate argument. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-20 19:31:14 -07:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
devlink: fix memory leak on 'resource' Currently, if the call to devlink_resource_find returns null then the error exit path does not free the devlink_resource 'resource' and a memory leak occurs. Fix this by kfree'ing resource on the error exit path. Detected by CoverityScan, CID#1464184 ("Resource leak") Fixes: d9f9b9a4d05f ("devlink: Add support for resource abstraction") Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-22 10:31:19 +00:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
mlxsw: spectrum: Fix handling of resource_size_param Current code uses global variables, adjusts them and passes pointer down to devlink. With every other mlxsw_core instance, the previously passed pointer values are rewritten. Fix this by de-globalize the variables and also memcpy size_params during devlink resource registration. Also, introduce a convenient size_param_init helper. Fixes: ef3116e5403e ("mlxsw: spectrum: Register KVD resources with devlink") Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-28 13:12:09 +01:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
devlink: Add relation between dpipe and resource The hardware processes which are modeled via dpipe commonly use some internal hardware resources. Such relation can improve the understanding of hardware limitations. The number of resource's unit consumed per table's entry are also provided for each table. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:05 +01:00
devlink: convert occ_get op to separate registration This resolves race during initialization where the resources with ops are registered before driver and the structures used by occ_get op is initialized. So keep occ_get callbacks registered only when all structs are initialized. The example flows, as it is in mlxsw: 1) driver load/asic probe: mlxsw_core -> mlxsw_sp_resources_register -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_resources_register -> devlink_resource_register IDX mlxsw_spectrum -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_parts_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_part_init -> devlink_resource_size_get IDX (to get the current setup size from devlink) -> devlink_resource_occ_get_register IDX (register current occupancy getter) 2) reload triggered by devlink command: -> mlxsw_devlink_core_bus_device_reload -> mlxsw_sp_fini -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_fini -> devlink_resource_occ_get_unregister IDX (struct mlxsw_sp *mlxsw_sp is freed at this point, call to occ get which is using mlxsw_sp would cause use-after free) -> mlxsw_sp_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_parts_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_part_init -> devlink_resource_size_get IDX (to get the current setup size from devlink) -> devlink_resource_occ_get_register IDX (register current occupancy getter) Fixes: d9f9b9a4d05f ("devlink: Add support for resource abstraction") Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-04-05 22:13:21 +02:00
devlink: Add devlink_param for port register and unregister Add functions to register and unregister for the driver supported configuration parameters table per port. v7->v8: - Order the definitions following way as suggested by Jiri. __devlink_params_register __devlink_params_unregister devlink_params_register devlink_params_unregister devlink_port_params_register devlink_port_params_unregister - Append with Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>. v2->v3: - Add a helper __devlink_params_register() with common code used by both devlink_params_register() and devlink_port_params_register(). Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:20 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for port params Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. v7->v8: Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by devlink_param_value_changed() Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:25 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink_param for port register and unregister Add functions to register and unregister for the driver supported configuration parameters table per port. v7->v8: - Order the definitions following way as suggested by Jiri. __devlink_params_register __devlink_params_unregister devlink_params_register devlink_params_unregister devlink_port_params_register devlink_port_params_unregister - Append with Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>. v2->v3: - Add a helper __devlink_params_register() with common code used by both devlink_params_register() and devlink_port_params_register(). Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:20 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for port params Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. v7->v8: Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by devlink_param_value_changed() Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:25 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink_param for port register and unregister Add functions to register and unregister for the driver supported configuration parameters table per port. v7->v8: - Order the definitions following way as suggested by Jiri. __devlink_params_register __devlink_params_unregister devlink_params_register devlink_params_unregister devlink_port_params_register devlink_port_params_unregister - Append with Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>. v2->v3: - Add a helper __devlink_params_register() with common code used by both devlink_params_register() and devlink_port_params_register(). Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:20 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for port params Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. v7->v8: Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by devlink_param_value_changed() Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:25 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink_param for port register and unregister Add functions to register and unregister for the driver supported configuration parameters table per port. v7->v8: - Order the definitions following way as suggested by Jiri. __devlink_params_register __devlink_params_unregister devlink_params_register devlink_params_unregister devlink_port_params_register devlink_port_params_unregister - Append with Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>. v2->v3: - Add a helper __devlink_params_register() with common code used by both devlink_params_register() and devlink_port_params_register(). Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:20 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for port params Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. v7->v8: Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by devlink_param_value_changed() Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:25 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink_param for port register and unregister Add functions to register and unregister for the driver supported configuration parameters table per port. v7->v8: - Order the definitions following way as suggested by Jiri. __devlink_params_register __devlink_params_unregister devlink_params_register devlink_params_unregister devlink_port_params_register devlink_port_params_unregister - Append with Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>. v2->v3: - Add a helper __devlink_params_register() with common code used by both devlink_params_register() and devlink_port_params_register(). Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:20 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for port params Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. v7->v8: Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by devlink_param_value_changed() Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:25 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink_param for port register and unregister Add functions to register and unregister for the driver supported configuration parameters table per port. v7->v8: - Order the definitions following way as suggested by Jiri. __devlink_params_register __devlink_params_unregister devlink_params_register devlink_params_unregister devlink_port_params_register devlink_port_params_unregister - Append with Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>. v2->v3: - Add a helper __devlink_params_register() with common code used by both devlink_params_register() and devlink_port_params_register(). Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:20 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for port params Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. v7->v8: Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by devlink_param_value_changed() Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:25 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink_param for port register and unregister Add functions to register and unregister for the driver supported configuration parameters table per port. v7->v8: - Order the definitions following way as suggested by Jiri. __devlink_params_register __devlink_params_unregister devlink_params_register devlink_params_unregister devlink_port_params_register devlink_port_params_unregister - Append with Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>. v2->v3: - Add a helper __devlink_params_register() with common code used by both devlink_params_register() and devlink_port_params_register(). Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:20 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for port params Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. v7->v8: Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by devlink_param_value_changed() Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:25 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink_param for port register and unregister Add functions to register and unregister for the driver supported configuration parameters table per port. v7->v8: - Order the definitions following way as suggested by Jiri. __devlink_params_register __devlink_params_unregister devlink_params_register devlink_params_unregister devlink_port_params_register devlink_port_params_unregister - Append with Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>. v2->v3: - Add a helper __devlink_params_register() with common code used by both devlink_params_register() and devlink_port_params_register(). Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:20 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink_param register and unregister Define configuration parameters data structure. Add functions to register and unregister the driver supported configuration parameters table. For each parameter registered, the driver should fill all the parameter's fields. In case the only supported configuration mode is "driverinit" the parameter's get()/set() functions are not required and should be set to NULL, for any other configuration mode, these functions are required and should be set by the driver. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:28 +03:00
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for port params Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. v7->v8: Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by devlink_param_value_changed() Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:25 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink_param register and unregister Define configuration parameters data structure. Add functions to register and unregister the driver supported configuration parameters table. For each parameter registered, the driver should fill all the parameter's fields. In case the only supported configuration mode is "driverinit" the parameter's get()/set() functions are not required and should be set to NULL, for any other configuration mode, these functions are required and should be set by the driver. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:28 +03:00
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for port params Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. v7->v8: Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by devlink_param_value_changed() Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:25 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink_param register and unregister Define configuration parameters data structure. Add functions to register and unregister the driver supported configuration parameters table. For each parameter registered, the driver should fill all the parameter's fields. In case the only supported configuration mode is "driverinit" the parameter's get()/set() functions are not required and should be set to NULL, for any other configuration mode, these functions are required and should be set by the driver. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:28 +03:00
devlink: publish params only after driver init is done Currently, user can do dump or get of param values right after the devlink params are registered. However the driver may not be initialized which is an issue. The same problem happens during notification upon param registration. Allow driver to publish devlink params whenever it is ready to handle get() ops. Note that this cannot be resolved by init reordering, as the "driverinit" params have to be available before the driver is initialized (it needs the param values there). Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com> Cc: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:22:45 +00:00
devlink: Add devlink_param for port register and unregister Add functions to register and unregister for the driver supported configuration parameters table per port. v7->v8: - Order the definitions following way as suggested by Jiri. __devlink_params_register __devlink_params_unregister devlink_params_register devlink_params_unregister devlink_port_params_register devlink_port_params_unregister - Append with Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>. v2->v3: - Add a helper __devlink_params_register() with common code used by both devlink_params_register() and devlink_port_params_register(). Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:20 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for port params Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. v7->v8: Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by devlink_param_value_changed() Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:25 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink_param for port register and unregister Add functions to register and unregister for the driver supported configuration parameters table per port. v7->v8: - Order the definitions following way as suggested by Jiri. __devlink_params_register __devlink_params_unregister devlink_params_register devlink_params_unregister devlink_port_params_register devlink_port_params_unregister - Append with Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>. v2->v3: - Add a helper __devlink_params_register() with common code used by both devlink_params_register() and devlink_port_params_register(). Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:20 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for port params Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. v7->v8: Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by devlink_param_value_changed() Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:25 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink_param for port register and unregister Add functions to register and unregister for the driver supported configuration parameters table per port. v7->v8: - Order the definitions following way as suggested by Jiri. __devlink_params_register __devlink_params_unregister devlink_params_register devlink_params_unregister devlink_port_params_register devlink_port_params_unregister - Append with Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>. v2->v3: - Add a helper __devlink_params_register() with common code used by both devlink_params_register() and devlink_port_params_register(). Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:20 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for port params Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. v7->v8: Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by devlink_param_value_changed() Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:25 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink_param for port register and unregister Add functions to register and unregister for the driver supported configuration parameters table per port. v7->v8: - Order the definitions following way as suggested by Jiri. __devlink_params_register __devlink_params_unregister devlink_params_register devlink_params_unregister devlink_port_params_register devlink_port_params_unregister - Append with Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>. v2->v3: - Add a helper __devlink_params_register() with common code used by both devlink_params_register() and devlink_port_params_register(). Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:20 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for port params Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. v7->v8: Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by devlink_param_value_changed() Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:25 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink_param for port register and unregister Add functions to register and unregister for the driver supported configuration parameters table per port. v7->v8: - Order the definitions following way as suggested by Jiri. __devlink_params_register __devlink_params_unregister devlink_params_register devlink_params_unregister devlink_port_params_register devlink_port_params_unregister - Append with Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>. v2->v3: - Add a helper __devlink_params_register() with common code used by both devlink_params_register() and devlink_port_params_register(). Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:20 +05:30
devlink: Add support for driverinit get value for devlink_port Add support for "driverinit" configuration mode value for devlink_port configuration parameters. Add devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() function to help the driver get the value from devlink_port. Also, move the common code to __devlink_param_driverinit_value_get() to be used by both device and port params. v7->v8: -Add the missing devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() declaration. -Also, order devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() after devlink_param_driverinit_value_get/set() calls Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:23 +05:30
devlink: Add support for get/set driverinit value "driverinit" configuration mode value is held by devlink to enable the driver query the value after reload. Two additional functions added to help the driver get/set the value from/to devlink: devlink_param_driverinit_value_set() and devlink_param_driverinit_value_get(). Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:31 +03:00
devlink: Add support for driverinit get value for devlink_port Add support for "driverinit" configuration mode value for devlink_port configuration parameters. Add devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() function to help the driver get the value from devlink_port. Also, move the common code to __devlink_param_driverinit_value_get() to be used by both device and port params. v7->v8: -Add the missing devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() declaration. -Also, order devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() after devlink_param_driverinit_value_get/set() calls Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:23 +05:30
devlink: Add support for get/set driverinit value "driverinit" configuration mode value is held by devlink to enable the driver query the value after reload. Two additional functions added to help the driver get/set the value from/to devlink: devlink_param_driverinit_value_set() and devlink_param_driverinit_value_get(). Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:31 +03:00
devlink: Fix param cmode driverinit for string type Driverinit configuration mode value is held by devlink to enable the driver fetch the value after reload command. In case the param type is string devlink should copy the value from driver string buffer to devlink string buffer on devlink_param_driverinit_value_set() and vice-versa on devlink_param_driverinit_value_get(). Fixes: ec01aeb1803e ("devlink: Add support for get/set driverinit value") Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-10 16:09:26 +03:00
devlink: Add support for get/set driverinit value "driverinit" configuration mode value is held by devlink to enable the driver query the value after reload. Two additional functions added to help the driver get/set the value from/to devlink: devlink_param_driverinit_value_set() and devlink_param_driverinit_value_get(). Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:31 +03:00
devlink: Add support for driverinit get value for devlink_port Add support for "driverinit" configuration mode value for devlink_port configuration parameters. Add devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() function to help the driver get the value from devlink_port. Also, move the common code to __devlink_param_driverinit_value_get() to be used by both device and port params. v7->v8: -Add the missing devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() declaration. -Also, order devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() after devlink_param_driverinit_value_get/set() calls Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:23 +05:30
devlink: Add support for driverinit set value for devlink_port Add support for "driverinit" configuration mode value for devlink_port configuration parameters. Add devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_set() function to help the driver set the value to devlink_port. Also, move the common code to __devlink_param_driverinit_value_set() to be used by both device and port params. v7->v8: Re-order the definitions as follows: __devlink_param_driverinit_value_get __devlink_param_driverinit_value_set devlink_param_driverinit_value_get devlink_param_driverinit_value_set devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_set Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:24 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for port params Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. v7->v8: Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by devlink_param_value_changed() Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:25 +05:30
devlink: Add support for driverinit set value for devlink_port Add support for "driverinit" configuration mode value for devlink_port configuration parameters. Add devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_set() function to help the driver set the value to devlink_port. Also, move the common code to __devlink_param_driverinit_value_set() to be used by both device and port params. v7->v8: Re-order the definitions as follows: __devlink_param_driverinit_value_get __devlink_param_driverinit_value_set devlink_param_driverinit_value_get devlink_param_driverinit_value_set devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_set Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:24 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for port params Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. v7->v8: Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by devlink_param_value_changed() Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:25 +05:30
devlink: Add support for driverinit set value for devlink_port Add support for "driverinit" configuration mode value for devlink_port configuration parameters. Add devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_set() function to help the driver set the value to devlink_port. Also, move the common code to __devlink_param_driverinit_value_set() to be used by both device and port params. v7->v8: Re-order the definitions as follows: __devlink_param_driverinit_value_get __devlink_param_driverinit_value_set devlink_param_driverinit_value_get devlink_param_driverinit_value_set devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_set Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:24 +05:30
devlink: Add support for driverinit get value for devlink_port Add support for "driverinit" configuration mode value for devlink_port configuration parameters. Add devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() function to help the driver get the value from devlink_port. Also, move the common code to __devlink_param_driverinit_value_get() to be used by both device and port params. v7->v8: -Add the missing devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() declaration. -Also, order devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() after devlink_param_driverinit_value_get/set() calls Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:23 +05:30
devlink: require non-NULL ops for devlink instances Commit 76726ccb7f46 ("devlink: add flash update command") and commit 2d8dc5bbf4e7 ("devlink: Add support for reload") access devlink ops without NULL-checking. There is, however, no driver which would pass in NULL ops, so let's just make that a requirement. Remove the now unnecessary NULL-checking. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-25 19:34:07 -08:00
devlink: Add support for driverinit get value for devlink_port Add support for "driverinit" configuration mode value for devlink_port configuration parameters. Add devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() function to help the driver get the value from devlink_port. Also, move the common code to __devlink_param_driverinit_value_get() to be used by both device and port params. v7->v8: -Add the missing devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() declaration. -Also, order devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() after devlink_param_driverinit_value_get/set() calls Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:23 +05:30
devlink: Add support for get/set driverinit value "driverinit" configuration mode value is held by devlink to enable the driver query the value after reload. Two additional functions added to help the driver get/set the value from/to devlink: devlink_param_driverinit_value_set() and devlink_param_driverinit_value_get(). Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:31 +03:00
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for port params Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. v7->v8: Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by devlink_param_value_changed() Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:25 +05:30
devlink: Add support for driverinit set value for devlink_port Add support for "driverinit" configuration mode value for devlink_port configuration parameters. Add devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_set() function to help the driver set the value to devlink_port. Also, move the common code to __devlink_param_driverinit_value_set() to be used by both device and port params. v7->v8: Re-order the definitions as follows: __devlink_param_driverinit_value_get __devlink_param_driverinit_value_set devlink_param_driverinit_value_get devlink_param_driverinit_value_set devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_set Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:24 +05:30
devlink: Add support for get/set driverinit value "driverinit" configuration mode value is held by devlink to enable the driver query the value after reload. Two additional functions added to help the driver get/set the value from/to devlink: devlink_param_driverinit_value_set() and devlink_param_driverinit_value_get(). Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:31 +03:00
devlink: Add support for driverinit get value for devlink_port Add support for "driverinit" configuration mode value for devlink_port configuration parameters. Add devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() function to help the driver get the value from devlink_port. Also, move the common code to __devlink_param_driverinit_value_get() to be used by both device and port params. v7->v8: -Add the missing devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() declaration. -Also, order devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() after devlink_param_driverinit_value_get/set() calls Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:23 +05:30
devlink: require non-NULL ops for devlink instances Commit 76726ccb7f46 ("devlink: add flash update command") and commit 2d8dc5bbf4e7 ("devlink: Add support for reload") access devlink ops without NULL-checking. There is, however, no driver which would pass in NULL ops, so let's just make that a requirement. Remove the now unnecessary NULL-checking. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-25 19:34:07 -08:00
devlink: Add support for driverinit get value for devlink_port Add support for "driverinit" configuration mode value for devlink_port configuration parameters. Add devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() function to help the driver get the value from devlink_port. Also, move the common code to __devlink_param_driverinit_value_get() to be used by both device and port params. v7->v8: -Add the missing devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() declaration. -Also, order devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() after devlink_param_driverinit_value_get/set() calls Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:23 +05:30
devlink: Add support for driverinit set value for devlink_port Add support for "driverinit" configuration mode value for devlink_port configuration parameters. Add devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_set() function to help the driver set the value to devlink_port. Also, move the common code to __devlink_param_driverinit_value_set() to be used by both device and port params. v7->v8: Re-order the definitions as follows: __devlink_param_driverinit_value_get __devlink_param_driverinit_value_set devlink_param_driverinit_value_get devlink_param_driverinit_value_set devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_set Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:24 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for port params Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. v7->v8: Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by devlink_param_value_changed() Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:25 +05:30
devlink: Add support for driverinit set value for devlink_port Add support for "driverinit" configuration mode value for devlink_port configuration parameters. Add devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_set() function to help the driver set the value to devlink_port. Also, move the common code to __devlink_param_driverinit_value_set() to be used by both device and port params. v7->v8: Re-order the definitions as follows: __devlink_param_driverinit_value_get __devlink_param_driverinit_value_set devlink_param_driverinit_value_get devlink_param_driverinit_value_set devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_set Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:24 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for port params Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. v7->v8: Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by devlink_param_value_changed() Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:25 +05:30
devlink: Add support for driverinit set value for devlink_port Add support for "driverinit" configuration mode value for devlink_port configuration parameters. Add devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_set() function to help the driver set the value to devlink_port. Also, move the common code to __devlink_param_driverinit_value_set() to be used by both device and port params. v7->v8: Re-order the definitions as follows: __devlink_param_driverinit_value_get __devlink_param_driverinit_value_set devlink_param_driverinit_value_get devlink_param_driverinit_value_set devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_set Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:24 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for params Add devlink_param_notify() function to support devlink param notifications. Add notification call to devlink param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:32 +03:00
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for port params Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. v7->v8: Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by devlink_param_value_changed() Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:25 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for params Add devlink_param_notify() function to support devlink param notifications. Add notification call to devlink param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:32 +03:00
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for port params Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. v7->v8: Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by devlink_param_value_changed() Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:25 +05:30
devlink: Add helper function for safely copy string param Devlink string param buffer is allocated at the size of DEVLINK_PARAM_MAX_STRING_VALUE. Add helper function which makes sure this size is not exceeded. Renamed DEVLINK_PARAM_MAX_STRING_VALUE to __DEVLINK_PARAM_MAX_STRING_VALUE to emphasize that it should be used by devlink only. The driver should use the helper function instead to verify it doesn't exceed the allowed length. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-10 16:09:27 +03:00
devlink: Add support for creating and destroying regions This allows a device to register its supported address regions. Each address region can be accessed directly for example reading the snapshots taken of this address space. Drivers are not limited in the name selection for different regions. An example of a region-name can be: pci cr-space, register-space. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:08 +03:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot delete command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL used for deleting a snapshot from a region. The snapshot ID is required. Also added notification support for NEW and DEL of snapshots. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:13 +03:00
devlink: Add support for creating and destroying regions This allows a device to register its supported address regions. Each address region can be accessed directly for example reading the snapshots taken of this address space. Drivers are not limited in the name selection for different regions. An example of a region-name can be: pci cr-space, register-space. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:08 +03:00
devlink: Add support for creating region snapshots Each device address region can store multiple snapshots, each snapshot is identified using a different numerical ID. This ID is used when deleting a snapshot or showing an address region specific snapshot. This patch exposes a callback to add a new snapshot to an address region. The snapshot will be deleted using the destructor function when destroying a region or when a snapshot delete command from devlink user tool. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:10 +03:00
devlink: Add support for creating and destroying regions This allows a device to register its supported address regions. Each address region can be accessed directly for example reading the snapshots taken of this address space. Drivers are not limited in the name selection for different regions. An example of a region-name can be: pci cr-space, register-space. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:08 +03:00
devlink: Add support for creating region snapshots Each device address region can store multiple snapshots, each snapshot is identified using a different numerical ID. This ID is used when deleting a snapshot or showing an address region specific snapshot. This patch exposes a callback to add a new snapshot to an address region. The snapshot will be deleted using the destructor function when destroying a region or when a snapshot delete command from devlink user tool. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:10 +03:00
devlink: Add support for creating and destroying regions This allows a device to register its supported address regions. Each address region can be accessed directly for example reading the snapshots taken of this address space. Drivers are not limited in the name selection for different regions. An example of a region-name can be: pci cr-space, register-space. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:08 +03:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot delete command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL used for deleting a snapshot from a region. The snapshot ID is required. Also added notification support for NEW and DEL of snapshots. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:13 +03:00
devlink: Add support for creating and destroying regions This allows a device to register its supported address regions. Each address region can be accessed directly for example reading the snapshots taken of this address space. Drivers are not limited in the name selection for different regions. An example of a region-name can be: pci cr-space, register-space. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:08 +03:00
devlink: Add callback to query for snapshot id before snapshot create To restrict the driver with the snapshot ID selection a new callback is introduced for the driver to get the snapshot ID before creating a new snapshot. This will also allow giving the same ID for multiple snapshots taken of different regions on the same time. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:09 +03:00
devlink: Add support for creating region snapshots Each device address region can store multiple snapshots, each snapshot is identified using a different numerical ID. This ID is used when deleting a snapshot or showing an address region specific snapshot. This patch exposes a callback to add a new snapshot to an address region. The snapshot will be deleted using the destructor function when destroying a region or when a snapshot delete command from devlink user tool. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:10 +03:00
devlink: fix kdoc devlink suffers from a few kdoc warnings: net/core/devlink.c:5292: warning: Function parameter or member 'dev' not described in 'devlink_register' net/core/devlink.c:5351: warning: Function parameter or member 'port_index' not described in 'devlink_port_register' net/core/devlink.c:5753: warning: Function parameter or member 'parent_resource_id' not described in 'devlink_resource_register' net/core/devlink.c:5753: warning: Function parameter or member 'size_params' not described in 'devlink_resource_register' net/core/devlink.c:5753: warning: Excess function parameter 'top_hierarchy' description in 'devlink_resource_register' net/core/devlink.c:5753: warning: Excess function parameter 'reload_required' description in 'devlink_resource_register' net/core/devlink.c:5753: warning: Excess function parameter 'parent_reosurce_id' description in 'devlink_resource_register' net/core/devlink.c:6451: warning: Function parameter or member 'region' not described in 'devlink_region_snapshot_create' net/core/devlink.c:6451: warning: Excess function parameter 'devlink_region' description in 'devlink_region_snapshot_create' Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-27 11:36:36 -08:00
devlink: Add support for creating region snapshots Each device address region can store multiple snapshots, each snapshot is identified using a different numerical ID. This ID is used when deleting a snapshot or showing an address region specific snapshot. This patch exposes a callback to add a new snapshot to an address region. The snapshot will be deleted using the destructor function when destroying a region or when a snapshot delete command from devlink user tool. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:10 +03:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot delete command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL used for deleting a snapshot from a region. The snapshot ID is required. Also added notification support for NEW and DEL of snapshots. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:13 +03:00
devlink: Add support for creating region snapshots Each device address region can store multiple snapshots, each snapshot is identified using a different numerical ID. This ID is used when deleting a snapshot or showing an address region specific snapshot. This patch exposes a callback to add a new snapshot to an address region. The snapshot will be deleted using the destructor function when destroying a region or when a snapshot delete command from devlink user tool. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:10 +03:00
ethtool: add compat for devlink info If driver did not fill the fw_version field, try to call into the new devlink get_info op and collect the versions that way. We assume ethtool was always reporting running versions. v4: - use IS_REACHABLE() to avoid problems with DEVLINK=m (kbuildbot). v3 (Jiri): - do a dump and then parse it instead of special handling; - concatenate all versions (well, all that fit :)). Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-31 10:50:47 -08:00
devlink: hold a reference to the netdevice around ethtool compat When ethtool is calling into devlink compat code make sure we have a reference on the netdevice on which the operation was invoked. v3: move the hold/lock logic into devlink_compat_* functions (Florian) Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-25 19:34:06 -08:00
devlink: create a special NDO for getting the devlink instance Instead of iterating over all devlink ports add a NDO which will return the devlink instance from the driver. v2: add the netdev_to_devlink() helper (Michal) v3: check that devlink has ops (Florian) v4: hold devlink_mutex (Jiri) Suggested-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-25 19:34:03 -08:00
devlink: require non-NULL ops for devlink instances Commit 76726ccb7f46 ("devlink: add flash update command") and commit 2d8dc5bbf4e7 ("devlink: Add support for reload") access devlink ops without NULL-checking. There is, however, no driver which would pass in NULL ops, so let's just make that a requirement. Remove the now unnecessary NULL-checking. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-25 19:34:07 -08:00
net: devlink: don't take devlink_mutex for devlink_compat_* The netdevice is guaranteed to not disappear so we can rely that devlink_port and devlink won't disappear as well. No need to take devlink_mutex so don't take it here. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-24 11:14:29 +01:00
devlink: create a special NDO for getting the devlink instance Instead of iterating over all devlink ports add a NDO which will return the devlink instance from the driver. v2: add the netdev_to_devlink() helper (Michal) v3: check that devlink has ops (Florian) v4: hold devlink_mutex (Jiri) Suggested-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-25 19:34:03 -08:00
devlink: hold a reference to the netdevice around ethtool compat When ethtool is calling into devlink compat code make sure we have a reference on the netdevice on which the operation was invoked. v3: move the hold/lock logic into devlink_compat_* functions (Florian) Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-25 19:34:06 -08:00
net: devlink: don't take devlink_mutex for devlink_compat_* The netdevice is guaranteed to not disappear so we can rely that devlink_port and devlink won't disappear as well. No need to take devlink_mutex so don't take it here. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-24 11:14:29 +01:00
devlink: hold a reference to the netdevice around ethtool compat When ethtool is calling into devlink compat code make sure we have a reference on the netdevice on which the operation was invoked. v3: move the hold/lock logic into devlink_compat_* functions (Florian) Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-25 19:34:06 -08:00
ethtool: add compat for devlink info If driver did not fill the fw_version field, try to call into the new devlink get_info op and collect the versions that way. We assume ethtool was always reporting running versions. v4: - use IS_REACHABLE() to avoid problems with DEVLINK=m (kbuildbot). v3 (Jiri): - do a dump and then parse it instead of special handling; - concatenate all versions (well, all that fit :)). Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-31 10:50:47 -08:00
ethtool: add compat for flash update If driver does not support ethtool flash update operation call into devlink. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-14 13:40:45 -08:00
net: devlink: don't take devlink_mutex for devlink_compat_* The netdevice is guaranteed to not disappear so we can rely that devlink_port and devlink won't disappear as well. No need to take devlink_mutex so don't take it here. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-24 11:14:29 +01:00
ethtool: add compat for flash update If driver does not support ethtool flash update operation call into devlink. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-14 13:40:45 -08:00
devlink: hold a reference to the netdevice around ethtool compat When ethtool is calling into devlink compat code make sure we have a reference on the netdevice on which the operation was invoked. v3: move the hold/lock logic into devlink_compat_* functions (Florian) Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-25 19:34:06 -08:00
devlink: create a special NDO for getting the devlink instance Instead of iterating over all devlink ports add a NDO which will return the devlink instance from the driver. v2: add the netdev_to_devlink() helper (Michal) v3: check that devlink has ops (Florian) v4: hold devlink_mutex (Jiri) Suggested-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-25 19:34:03 -08:00
net: devlink: don't take devlink_mutex for devlink_compat_* The netdevice is guaranteed to not disappear so we can rely that devlink_port and devlink won't disappear as well. No need to take devlink_mutex so don't take it here. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-24 11:14:29 +01:00
ethtool: add compat for flash update If driver does not support ethtool flash update operation call into devlink. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-14 13:40:45 -08:00
devlink: create a special NDO for getting the devlink instance Instead of iterating over all devlink ports add a NDO which will return the devlink instance from the driver. v2: add the netdev_to_devlink() helper (Michal) v3: check that devlink has ops (Florian) v4: hold devlink_mutex (Jiri) Suggested-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-25 19:34:03 -08:00
devlink: hold a reference to the netdevice around ethtool compat When ethtool is calling into devlink compat code make sure we have a reference on the netdevice on which the operation was invoked. v3: move the hold/lock logic into devlink_compat_* functions (Florian) Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-25 19:34:06 -08:00
net: devlink: don't take devlink_mutex for devlink_compat_* The netdevice is guaranteed to not disappear so we can rely that devlink_port and devlink won't disappear as well. No need to take devlink_mutex so don't take it here. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-24 11:14:29 +01:00
devlink: hold a reference to the netdevice around ethtool compat When ethtool is calling into devlink compat code make sure we have a reference on the netdevice on which the operation was invoked. v3: move the hold/lock logic into devlink_compat_* functions (Florian) Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-25 19:34:06 -08:00
devlink: create a special NDO for getting the devlink instance Instead of iterating over all devlink ports add a NDO which will return the devlink instance from the driver. v2: add the netdev_to_devlink() helper (Michal) v3: check that devlink has ops (Florian) v4: hold devlink_mutex (Jiri) Suggested-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-25 19:34:03 -08:00
ethtool: add compat for flash update If driver does not support ethtool flash update operation call into devlink. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-14 13:40:45 -08:00
net: devlink: introduce devlink_compat_phys_port_name_get() Introduce devlink_compat_phys_port_name_get() helper that gets the physical port name for specified netdevice according to devlink port attributes. Call this helper from dev_get_phys_port_name() in case ndo_get_phys_port_name is not defined. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-28 13:56:37 +01:00
net: devlink: introduce devlink_compat_switch_id_get() helper Introduce devlink_compat_switch_id_get() helper which fills up switch_id according to passed netdev pointer. Call it directly from dev_get_port_parent_id() as a fallback when ndo_get_port_parent_id is not defined for given netdev. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-03 14:24:17 +02:00
net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in Being able to build devlink as a module causes growing pains. First all drivers had to add a meta dependency to make sure they are not built in when devlink is built as a module. Now we are struggling to invoke ethtool compat code reliably. Make devlink code built-in, users can still not build it at all but the dynamically loadable module option is removed. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-25 19:34:02 -08:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
genetlink: statically initialize families Instead of providing macros/inline functions to initialize the families, make all users initialize them statically and get rid of the macros. This reduces the kernel code size by about 1.6k on x86-64 (with allyesconfig). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-24 14:40:03 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in Being able to build devlink as a module causes growing pains. First all drivers had to add a meta dependency to make sure they are not built in when devlink is built as a module. Now we are struggling to invoke ethtool compat code reliably. Make devlink code built-in, users can still not build it at all but the dynamically loadable module option is removed. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-25 19:34:02 -08:00